{"title":"Outdoor \u0026 Travel Essentials","description":"\u003cp class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood food, wherever you’re headed.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShop outdoor and travel essentials for camping, picnics, walking trips and staycations, from enamelware and flasks to tinned fish, recipe kits, seasonings and sauces - practical picks for easy meals on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"cool-chile-al-pastor-paste","title":"Cool Chile Co Al Pastor Marinade","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks who want proper tacos at home without the time or complexity, this Al Pastor marinade makes it easy to recreate one of Mexico’s most iconic street food flavours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with pineapple juice, Mexican dried chillies and garlic, it delivers the classic balance of sweet, tangy and smoky flavour traditionally used for tacos al pastor, where marinated pork is cooked until caramelised and full of depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply marinate, cook and serve for authentic tacos with minimal effort. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe with Peak and the Pantry Pineapple and Chilli Relish\/Salsa and warm Cool Chile Corn Tortillas for the full experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Mexican al pastor marinade made easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for quick, flavour-packed meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced sweet, tangy and smoky flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with pineapple juice and Mexican chillies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with pork, chicken or vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarinate pork, chicken or vegetables for 30 minutes or overnight for deeper flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrill, roast or pan-fry until cooked through and lightly caramelised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe in warm corn tortillas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop with pineapple chilli relish, onion, coriander and lime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd chile de árbol for extra heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePineapple juice (57%), cider vinegar, Mexican dried chillies (9.6%) [guajillo, ancho, chipotle], sea salt, garlic (4.4%), annatto, spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a factory that handles peanuts, sesame, nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer 100g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 342kJ \/ 81kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 2.4g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 0.4g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 10g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 7.8g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 2.5g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 6g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore in a cool and dry place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce opened, refrigerate and use within 4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid exposure to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is al pastor marinade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAl pastor marinade is a Mexican marinade traditionally used for pork, combining chillies, garlic, vinegar and pineapple for a flavour that is sweet, tangy, smoky and savoury.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use this marinade for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is ideal for pork, especially for tacos al pastor, but it also works well with chicken, fish or jackfruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I marinate the meat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor good flavour, marinate for at least 30 minutes. For a deeper, more developed flavour, marinate overnight in the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I cook al pastor marinade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce marinated grill or bbq  until the meat is cooked through and slightly caramelised around the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I serve with al pastor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe in warm corn tortillas with Peak and The Pantry Pineapple and Chilli Relish, chopped onion, fresh coriander and lime. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this marinade spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a gentle to medium heat, with more emphasis on tangy, smoky and fruity flavour than intense spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for vegetarian cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It works very well with roasted vegetables or jackfruit for a vegetarian version of tacos al pastor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile Co\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co was founded in 1993 by Dodie Miller, who set out to bring authentic Mexican ingredients to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarting from a small market stall in London, the company began by importing dried Mexican chillies and introducing British cooks to the depth and variety of flavours used in traditional Mexican cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver the years the range has expanded to include salsas, sauces, tortillas and essential Mexican pantry ingredients, many made using recipes inspired by traditional Mexican kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToday Cool Chile remains a family-run business, with Dodie and her son Jackson continuing the mission of making it easier for home cooks and chefs to recreate the bold, vibrant flavours of Mexico.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53232850403670,"sku":null,"price":5.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Al-Pastor.jpg?v=1776960873"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-chipotle-in-adobo","title":"Cool Chile Co Chipotle in Adobo","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour you need Cool Chile Co Chipotle in Adobo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA smoky, savoury chilli paste made with chipotle chillies (smoked jalapeños) slow-cooked in a rich tomato adobo sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to use, no soaking, blending or scratch-making required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep, warming and well balanced. Designed to add instant flavour to tacos, chilli, beans, marinades, sauces and smoky dips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dependable jar for everyday cooking and weeknight dinners, when you want good flavour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry it in our Prawn Cocktail Nachos\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmoky chipotle flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModerate, warming heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA little goes a long way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into chilli, stews or soups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend into marinades for meat, tofu or vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwirl through beans, salsas or tomato sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix with mayo or sour cream for a smoky dip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread onto wraps or burgers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd depth to BBQ sauces or roast veg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChipotle chillies (48%), water, cider vinegar, concentrated tomato paste (7%), salt, sugar, onion, acetic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a factory that handles nuts, peanuts and sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening and use within 4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e130g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for busy cooks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It’s designed for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is chipotle in adobo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a moderate heat level, balanced by the tangy tomato adobo sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain artificial ingredients or preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Made using only natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It works as a marinade, stir-in sauce, or finishing spoon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for vegetarian and vegan cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It’s completely plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile Co\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co was founded in 1993 by Dodie Miller with a simple aim: to bring a wide variety of the best dried chillies and real Mexican flavours to UK kitchens. What began on a market stall at Portobello and Borough markets grew into a respected, family-run business producing chillies, sauces and pastes using traditional Mexican recipes and imported ingredients wherever possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStill proudly independent, Cool Chile Co continues to work directly with producers in Mexico and is now run by Dodie and her son Jackson alongside their small team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53234012389718,"sku":null,"price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Chipotle-in-adobo-cool-chile-peak-and-the-pantry.jpg?v=1776963432"},{"product_id":"all-dressed-up-harissa-dressing","title":"All Dressed Up Spicy Harissa Dressing","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour you need All Dressed Up Spicy Harissa Dressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA smoky, spicy harissa dressing that’s ready to use - no scratch-making required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the UK with North African spices, gentle sweetness, and warming heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich, punchy, and well balanced. Designed to lift simple salads, coat roasted vegetables, and finish quick meals like grain bowls, eggs, and halloumi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dependable bottle for everyday cooking and weeknight dinners, when you want good flavour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the UK in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmoky, spicy harissa flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo refined sugar, gluten, or dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoubles as dressing, marinade, or drizzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over roast veg, beans, or chickpeas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith halloumi or feta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTossed through salads or grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpooned over eggs or tacos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed as a marinade for veg or meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/kebab-night-shawarma-recipe-kit\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry Kebab Night Kit \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRose Harissa Paste (24%) (Rapeseed Oil, Red Peppers, Sundried Tomatoes, Paprika, Salt, Dried Garlic, Balsamic Vinegar, Mixed Herbs and Spices, Wine Vinegar, Rose Flavouring, Citric Acid), Rapeseed Oil, White Wine Vinegar, Honey, Lime Juice, Tamari Soy Sauce (Water, \u003cstrong\u003eSoybeans\u003c\/strong\u003e, Salt, Spirit Vinegar), Chilli Powder, Salt, Habanero Chilli Flakes, Smoked Paprika\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens: Contains soybeans\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: All natural. No refined sugar. Gluten free. Nut free. No palm oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake before using. Store in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening and use within 4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 250ml\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this dressing vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It’s 100% plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it very spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a warming heat rather than extreme spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain artificial ingredients or preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Made using only natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It works as a marinade, stir-in sauce, or finishing drizzle. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExplore more All Dressed Up dressings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-tahini-lime-dressing\"\u003eTahini \u0026amp; Lime\u003c\/a\u003e – creamy, zesty and bright \u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-miso-sesame-dressing\"\u003eMiso \u0026amp; Sesame\u003c\/a\u003e – savoury, nutty and umami-rich \u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-house-dressing\"\u003eEveryday House \u003c\/a\u003e– your go-to for everyday salads and bowls \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout All Dressed Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Dressed Up was founded by Tess, a former private chef with a lifelong love of dressing and big, balanced flavour. Taught by her mum from a young age, dressing was never just something for salad in Tess’s kitchen - it was a way to bring simple food to life, from pasta salads and jacket potatoes to roasted veg and grain bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter years of cooking professionally, Tess became frustrated with supermarket dressings packed with refined sugars, poor-quality oils, and unnecessary additives. She set out to create a better alternative: dressings made with all-natural ingredients, carefully balanced flavours, and nothing unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a range of everyday dressings designed to make cooking easier, more delicious, and more fun. They’re refined sugar, gluten, and dairy free, but always flavour-first - created to elevate simple ingredients and help home cooks get great results with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"All Dressed Up","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53234613518678,"sku":null,"price":6.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/spicy-harissa-all-dressed-up-peak-and-the-pantry.jpg?v=1776963920"},{"product_id":"all-dressed-up-tahini-lime-dressing","title":"All Dressed Up Tahini \u0026 Lime Dressing","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need All Dressed Up Tahini \u0026amp; Lime Dressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is your shortcut to creamy, zesty flavour without building a dressing from scratch. A tahini and lime dressing made in the UK with nutty depth, bright citrus, and gentle warmth from cumin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreamy, fresh, and well-balanced, it’s designed to do the hard work for you - whether that’s lifting a simple salad, coating roasted vegetables, or finishing grain bowls, wraps, and falafel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dependable bottle for everyday cooking when you want maximum flavour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the UK in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreamy, nutty tahini with zingy lime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo refined sugar, gluten, or dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoubles as dressing, marinade, or drizzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss into grain bowls with quinoa, bulgur, or couscous\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith falafel, roasted chicken, or lamb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpooned into salads or wraps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed as a marinade for veg or meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/kebab-night-shawarma-recipe-kit\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry Kebab Night Kit \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRapeseed Oil, Tahini (\u003cstrong\u003eSesame\u003c\/strong\u003e) (26%), Lime Juice (17%), White Wine Vinegar, Honey, Rice Vinegar, Maple Syrup, Tamari Soy Sauce (Water, \u003cstrong\u003eSoybeans\u003c\/strong\u003e, Salt, Spirit Vinegar), Salt, Ground Cumin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: Contains \u003cstrong\u003esesame\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003esoybeans\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: All natural. No refined sugar. Gluten free. Nut free. No palm oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake before using. Store in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening and use within 4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 250ml\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this dressing vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It’s 100% plant-based\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain artificial ingredients or preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Made using only natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It works as a marinade, stir-in sauce, or finishing drizzle. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExplore more All Dressed Up dressings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-miso-sesame-dressing\"\u003eMiso \u0026amp; Sesame\u003c\/a\u003e – savoury, nutty and umami-rich\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-house-dressing\"\u003eEveryday House\u003c\/a\u003e – your go-to for everyday salads and bowls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-harissa-dressing\"\u003eSpicy Harissa \u003c\/a\u003e– smoky, gently spicy and warming\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout All Dressed Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Dressed Up was founded by Tess, a former private chef with a lifelong love of dressing and big, balanced flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaught by her mum from a young age, dressing was never just something for salad in Tess’s kitchen - it was a way to bring simple food to life, from pasta salads and jacket potatoes to roasted veg and grain bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter years of cooking professionally, Tess became frustrated with supermarket dressings packed with refined sugars, poor-quality oils, and unnecessary additives. She set out to create a better alternative: dressings made with all-natural ingredients, carefully balanced flavours, and nothing unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a range of everyday dressings designed to make cooking easier, more delicious, and more fun. They’re refined sugar, gluten, and dairy free, but always flavour-first - created to lift simple ingredients and help home cooks get great results with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"All Dressed Up","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53234860786006,"sku":null,"price":6.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/tahini-lime-all-dressed-up-peak-pantry.webp?v=1776964839"},{"product_id":"all-dressed-up-miso-sesame-dressing","title":"All Dressed Up Miso \u0026 Sesame Dressing","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need All Dressed Up Miso \u0026amp; Sesame Dressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is your shortcut to rich, savoury flavour without building a dressing from scratch. A nutty miso and sesame dressing made in the UK with deep umami notes, gentle sweetness, and mellow acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich, punchy, and well-balanced, it’s designed to do the hard work for you - whether that’s lifting a simple salad, coating roasted vegetables, or finishing noodles, stir-fries, and grain bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dependable bottle for everyday cooking when you want maximum flavour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the UK in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSavoury, nutty miso and sesame flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo refined sugar, gluten, or dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoubles as dressing, marinade, or drizzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFemale Founded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over roast veg or mushrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith salmon, chicken, or tofu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTossed through noodles or slaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpooned over grain bowls or stir-fries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed as a marinade for veg or meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003cbr\u003eMiso (26%) (Water, \u003cstrong\u003eSoybeans\u003c\/strong\u003e, Rice, Salt, Alcohol (Ethanol)), Rapeseed Oil, Lime Juice, Honey, \u003cstrong\u003eSesame \u003c\/strong\u003eOil (11%), Rice Vinegar, White Wine Vinegar, Tamari Soy Sauce (Water, Soybeans, Salt, Spirit Vinegar), Maple Syrup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: Contains \u003cstrong\u003esoybeans\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003esesame\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: All natural. No refined sugar. Gluten free. Nut free. No palm oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003cbr\u003eShake before using. Store in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening and use within 4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 260ml\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this dressing vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It’s 100% plant-based\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain artificial ingredients or preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Made using only natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It works as a marinade, stir-in sauce, or finishing drizzle. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExplore more All Dressed Up dressings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-tahini-lime-dressing\"\u003eTahini \u0026amp; Lime\u003c\/a\u003e – creamy, zesty and bright\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-house-dressing\"\u003eEveryday House \u003c\/a\u003e– your go-to for everyday salads and bowls\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-harissa-dressing\"\u003eSpicy Harissa\u003c\/a\u003e – smoky, gently spicy and warming\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout All Dressed Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Dressed Up was founded by Tess, a former private chef with a lifelong love of dressing and big, balanced flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaught by her mum from a young age, dressing was never just something for salad in Tess’s kitchen - it was a way to bring simple food to life, from pasta salads and jacket potatoes to roasted veg and grain bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter years of cooking professionally, Tess became frustrated with supermarket dressings packed with refined sugars, poor-quality oils, and unnecessary additives. She set out to create a better alternative: dressings made with all-natural ingredients, carefully balanced flavours, and nothing unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a range of everyday dressings designed to make cooking easier, more delicious, and more fun. They’re refined sugar, gluten, and dairy free, but always flavour-first - created to lift simple ingredients and help home cooks get great results with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"All Dressed Up","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53235209470294,"sku":null,"price":6.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/miso-seasame-all-dressed-up-peak-pantry_0ffc76e4-2c4b-42cb-b0d0-5d89bf47f556.jpg?v=1776965398"},{"product_id":"all-dressed-up-house-dressing","title":"All Dressed Up Everyday House Dressing","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need All Dressed Up Everyday House Dressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is your shortcut to classic French-style flavour without building a dressing from scratch. A bright, punchy house vinaigrette made in the UK with balanced acidity, gentle sweetness, and mellow mustard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh, versatile, and well-balanced, it’s designed to do the hard work for you - whether that’s lifting leafy salads, coating roasted vegetables, or finishing grain bowls, pasta salads, and sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dependable bottle for everyday cooking when you want great flavour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the UK in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright, punchy French-style vinaigrette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo refined sugar, gluten, or dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoubles as dressing, marinade, or drizzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFemale Founded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over leafy greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss through pasta or potato salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over roasted veg or grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a marinade or sandwich drizzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish simple lunches and midweek dinners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003cbr\u003eRapeseed Oil, White Wine Vinegar, Dijon Mustard (Water, \u003cstrong\u003eMustard \u003c\/strong\u003eSeeds, Alcohol Vinegar, Salt), Honey, Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: Contains \u003cstrong\u003emustard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: All natural. No refined sugar. Gluten free. Nut free. No palm oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003cbr\u003eShake before using. Store in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening and use within 4 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 260ml\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this dressing vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It’s 100% plant-based\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain artificial ingredients or preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Made using only natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It works as a marinade, stir-in sauce, or finishing drizzle. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExplore more All Dressed Up dressings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-tahini-lime-dressing\"\u003eTahini \u0026amp; Lime\u003c\/a\u003e – creamy, zesty and bright\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-miso-sesame-dressing\"\u003eMiso \u0026amp; Sesame\u003c\/a\u003e – savoury, nutty and umami-rich\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/all-dressed-up-harissa-dressing\"\u003eSpicy Harissa\u003c\/a\u003e – smoky, gently spicy and warming\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout All Dressed Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Dressed Up was founded by Tess, a former private chef with a lifelong love of dressing and big, balanced flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaught by her mum from a young age, dressing was never just something for salad in Tess’s kitchen - it was a way to bring simple food to life, from pasta salads and jacket potatoes to roasted veg and grain bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter years of cooking professionally, Tess became frustrated with supermarket dressings packed with refined sugars, poor-quality oils, and unnecessary additives. She set out to create a better alternative: dressings made with all-natural ingredients, carefully balanced flavours, and nothing unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a range of everyday dressings designed to make cooking easier, more delicious, and more fun. They’re refined sugar, gluten, and dairy free, but always flavour-first - created to lift simple ingredients and help home cooks get great results with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"All Dressed Up","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53235354566998,"sku":null,"price":6.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/everyday-house-all-dressed-up-peak-pantry.jpg?v=1776965912"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-chipotle-salsa","title":"Cool Chile Co Chipotle Salsa","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want deep, smoky flavour without making salsa from scratch, Cool Chile Chipotle Salsa is a brilliant shortcut to bold Mexican cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with tomatoes, smoky chipotle chillies in adobo and fresh coriander, this rich salsa delivers gentle heat with a distinctive smoky depth. Chipotle chillies are slow-smoked jalapeños, giving the sauce its warm, rounded flavour that pairs beautifully with grilled foods and crispy tortilla chips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s versatile and ready to use straight from the jar. Serve as a dip, spoon over tacos, or use to bring instant flavour to beans, eggs and grilled meats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry it spread on toasted bread with refried beans and melted cheese for classic Mexican molletes, or serve alongside guacamole and sour cream for an easy nacho spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA great jar to keep on hand when you want big flavour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich tomato salsa with smoky chipotle chillies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Mexican flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for dipping, tacos and nachos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to use straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds smoky depth to everyday meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe as a dip with tortilla chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to nachos with sour cream and guacamole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over tacos, grilled chicken or roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into beans or rice for extra flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread on toast with refried beans and cheese for Mexican molletes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes (64%), onion, chipotles in adobo (9%) [chipotle chillies (57.6%), water, tomato paste (13.2%), salt, sugar, onion, acetic acid], coriander (3%), sea salt, citric acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a factory that handles nuts, peanuts and sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritional Information (per 100g)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 110kJ \/ 26kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 0g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 0g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 3.7g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 1.8g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 1.1g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 1.4g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Once opened, refrigerate and use within 5 days. Avoid exposure to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e260g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are chipotle chillies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChipotle chillies are smoked and dried jalapeños, known for their rich smoky flavour and gentle heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is this salsa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a medium, warming heat balanced by the sweetness of tomatoes and the smokiness of chipotle chillies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I use chipotle salsa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe it as a dip with tortilla chips, spoon it over tacos, stir into beans or rice, or add to grilled meats and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are molletes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMolletes are a traditional Mexican snack made with toasted bread topped with refried beans, salsa and melted cheese.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this salsa vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it’s made entirely from plant-based ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExplore More Cool Chile Flavours\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatillo Salsa – bright, tangy and gently spicy, perfect for tacos and enchiladas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChipotle in Adobo – smoky chipotle chillies in a rich tomato sauce, ideal for marinades and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMojo de Ajo Garlic Oil – fragrant Mexican garlic oil for drizzling over tacos, vegetables and grilled seafood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile Co\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co was founded in 1993 by Dodie Miller to bring authentic Mexican ingredients to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarting from a London market stall, the company began importing dried Mexican chillies and introducing British cooks to the flavours used in traditional Mexican cooking. Over time the range expanded to include salsas, sauces, tortillas and other Mexican pantry staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToday the business remains family run, with Dodie and her son Jackson continuing to source ingredients from Mexico and helping home cooks recreate the vibrant flavours of Mexican food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53235654099286,"sku":null,"price":5.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/cool-chile-chipotle-salsa.jpg?v=1776966454"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-tomatillo-salsa","title":"Cool Chile Co Tomatillo Salsa Tangy Mexican Green Salsa","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want big flavour without building sauces from scratch, Cool Chile Tomatillo Salsa is a brilliant shortcut to bright, fresh Mexican cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with tangy tomatillos, onion, coriander and hot green chilli, this vibrant green salsa delivers a sharp, citrusy kick with gentle heat. Tomatillos – small green fruits widely used in Mexican cooking – give the sauce its distinctive fresh acidity, making it perfect for cutting through rich dishes or lifting simple meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s lively, punchy and incredibly versatile. Use it straight from the jar as a dip, spoon it over tacos, or warm it gently to create the base for classic Mexican dishes like enchiladas or chilaquiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlend it with ripe avocado for a creamier tomatillo dip, or use it to add instant brightness to grilled chicken, roasted vegetables, eggs or tortilla chips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA great jar to keep in the cupboard when you want real flavour, fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Mexican-style tomatillo salsa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright, tangy flavour with fresh chilli heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with simple, natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect shortcut for tacos, enchiladas and dips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelicious served fresh or gently warmed for cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend with avocado for a creamy salsa dip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with tortilla chips or nachos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over tacos, grilled chicken or roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm and use as the sauce for enchiladas using Cool Chile Corn Tortillas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimmer tortilla chips in the salsa for traditional chilaquiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatillos (81%), onion, rapeseed oil, coriander (1%), sea salt, hot green chilli.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a factory that handles nuts, peanuts and sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritional Information (per 100g)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 184kJ \/ 44kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 2.5g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 0.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 4.8g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 1.6g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 0.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 1.11g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Once opened, refrigerate and use within 5 days. Avoid exposure to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e260g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is tomatillo salsa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTomatillo salsa (also known as salsa verde) is a traditional Mexican green salsa made from tomatillos, a small tart fruit that gives the sauce its bright, citrusy flavour. It’s commonly used in tacos, enchiladas and chilaquiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is this salsa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a gentle warm chilli heat with a fresh, tangy flavour. The tomatillos give it brightness rather than heavy spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I use tomatillo salsa?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse it as a dip for tortilla chips, spoon it over tacos, drizzle it on grilled chicken or roasted vegetables, or warm it to make sauces for enchiladas or chilaquiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It works beautifully as a cooking sauce. Warm it in a pan for enchiladas, simmer tortilla chips in it for chilaquiles, or stir it into beans, chicken or rice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this salsa vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It’s made entirely from plant-based ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCool Chile Co products are produced in the UK using traditional Mexican recipes and ingredients imported from Mexico where possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile Co\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co was founded in 1993 by Dodie Miller, who set out to bring the real flavours of Mexico to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat began as a small market stall selling dried Mexican chillies quickly grew as British cooks discovered the depth and character these ingredients bring to everyday cooking. Over time, the company expanded into producing traditional Mexican salsas, sauces and pastes, using authentic recipes and ingredients sourced directly from Mexico.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen good corn tortillas were hard to find in the UK, the team began making their own using imported masa harina and a tortilla machine. Today, Cool Chile still produces fresh corn tortillas alongside its range of chillies, sauces and Mexican pantry staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore than thirty years on, the business remains proudly family run, with Dodie’s son Jackson now working alongside her and the team to continue bringing authentic Mexican ingredients to home cooks and restaurants across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53235807125846,"sku":null,"price":6.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/cool-chileTomatillo-salsa.jpg?v=1776966877"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-corn-tortilla-chips","title":"Cool Chile White Corn Tortilla Chips","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor snack lovers and hosts who want proper Mexican flavour, Cool Chile White Corn Tortilla Chips deliver crisp texture and authentic corn taste in every bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from nixtamalised white corn masa, these tortilla chips are cut from corn tortillas and fried in small batches to create their signature crunch and deep toasted corn flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re sturdy enough for generous scoops of guacamole, fresh salsa or melted cheese, making them perfect for nachos, sharing platters and easy entertaining. Serve alongside ceviche, pile high with toppings, or simply enjoy straight from the bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA great pantry staple for taco nights, relaxed hosting, or a midweek treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love Them\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Mexican tortilla chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from white corn masa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrisp texture with toasted corn flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for nachos, dips and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally gluten free \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with guacamole, salsa or queso for an easy snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayer with cheese, beans and toppings to make nachos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrush over soups or salads for added crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with ceviche or seafood dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDip into refried beans or melted cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimmer in salsa to make traditional chilaquiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn tortilla (masa harina [ground nixtamalised corn], water, sea salt), rapeseed oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoes not contain GM ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a factory that handles nuts, peanuts and sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritional Information (per 100g)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 2049kJ \/ 491kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 25.4g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 63.6g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 1.4g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 5.4g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 1.5g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Avoid exposure to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce opened, reseal the bag or store in an airtight container to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e500g bag\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes these tortilla chips different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re made from authentic white corn masa tortillas, then cut and fried to create a deeper corn flavour and crisp texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these tortilla chips gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are made from corn and contain no wheat, making them naturally gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they good for nachos?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These chips are sturdy enough to hold melted cheese, beans and toppings without becoming soggy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat dips go best with them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey pair perfectly with guacamole, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/cool-chile-chipotle-salsa\"\u003eCool Chile Chipotle Salsa\u003c\/a\u003e \/ \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/cool-chile-tomatillo-salsa\"\u003eTomatillo Salsa\u003c\/a\u003e , queso, refried beans or chipotle sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Store in a cool, dry place and reseal after opening to keep them crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Corn Tortillas – Gluten free, perfect for tacos, quesadillas and enchiladas \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChipotle In Adobo– smoky tomato paste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMojo de Ajo Garlic Oil – fragrant Mexican garlic oil for drizzling over tacos, vegetables and grilled seafood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout Cool Chile Co\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co was founded in 1993 by Dodie Miller to bring authentic Mexican ingredients to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeginning as a London market stall selling dried Mexican chillies, the company has grown into a specialist producer of Mexican tortillas, sauces and pantry staples. Many ingredients are sourced directly from Mexico, helping home cooks recreate the vibrant flavours of traditional Mexican cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToday the business remains family run, with Dodie and her son Jackson continuing to share the ingredients and recipes that make Mexican food so distinctive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53235970572630,"sku":null,"price":5.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/corn-tortilla-chips-cool-chile.jpg?v=1776967194"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-corn-tortillas","title":"Cool Chile White Corn Tortillas (15cm)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks who want proper tacos at home, these White Baker’s Dozen Corn Tortillas are an essential Mexican staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from nixtamalised white corn masa harina, these soft 15cm tortillas have the authentic flavour and texture needed for real Mexican cooking. They’re the perfect size for generous tacos, quesadillas and enchiladas, while still being versatile enough for everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm them and fill with grilled fish, slow-cooked meats, roasted vegetables or beans for simple, flavour-packed tacos. They’re also excellent for quesadillas, enchiladas and flautas, or sliced and fried into crispy totopos or tostadas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack contains 13 tortillas, making them perfect for sharing taco nights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best flavour and texture, always serve corn tortillas warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love Them\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Mexican corn tortillas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with nixtamalised white corn masa harina\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect size for tacos, enchiladas and quesadillas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally gluten free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill with grilled fish, steak or roasted vegetables for tacos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake quesadillas with cheese and beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll into enchiladas with salsa and fillings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut into triangles and fry for homemade tortilla chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe warm at the table with Mexican dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, masa harina (ground nixtamalised corn), sea salt, preservatives (calcium propionate, potassium sorbate).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVacuum packed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGluten free \/ non-GMO ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a factory that handles nuts, peanuts and sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer 100g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 851kJ \/ 203kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 2.1g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 0.3g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 42.5g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 0.3g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 5.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 0.9g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer tortilla\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 218kJ \/ 52kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 0.5g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 0.07g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 11g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 0.09g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 1.3g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 0.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep refrigerated. Once opened, wrap well and consume by the use-by date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freezing. Freeze on day of purchase and use within 1 month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDefrost overnight in the fridge or heat directly from frozen in a hot pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReheating Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best flavour and texture, warm tortillas before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat one tortilla at a time in a dry frying pan or griddle, turning until warmed through and lightly toasted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf tortillas are a few days old, a light spray of water before heating will help restore softness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo keep tortillas warm, stack them in a clean folded tea towel for up to 15–20 minutes before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePack of 13 tortillas\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eF\u003cstrong\u003eAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these tortillas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach tortilla is 15cm, the classic size for tacos, quesadillas and enchiladas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tortillas are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack contains 13 tortillas, often called a “baker’s dozen”.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these tortillas gluten free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Corn tortillas are naturally gluten free as they are made from nixtamalised corn masa rather than wheat flour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to heat corn tortillas before eating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Corn tortillas are best served warm. Heating them in a dry pan softens the texture and brings out their full flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I freeze them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Corn tortillas freeze well. Freeze on the day of purchase and use within one month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat dishes can I make with them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re perfect for tacos, quesadillas, enchiladas and flautas, or cut and fried into totopos (tortilla chips) or tostadas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExplore more Cool Chile Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatillo Salsa – bright, tangy and gently spicy, perfect for tacos, enchiladas and chilaquiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChipotle in Adobo – smoky chipotle chillies in a rich tomato sauce, ideal for marinades, stews and slow-cooked dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMojo de Ajo Garlic Oil – a fragrant Mexican garlic oil, perfect for drizzling over tacos, grilled vegetables, seafood or rice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile Co\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co was founded in 1993 by Dodie Miller, who set out to bring authentic Mexican ingredients to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarting from a small market stall in London, the company began by importing dried Mexican chillies and introducing British cooks to the depth and variety of flavours used in traditional Mexican cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver the years the range has expanded to include salsas, sauces, tortillas and essential Mexican pantry ingredients, many made using recipes inspired by traditional Mexican kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToday Cool Chile remains a family-run business, with Dodie and her son Jackson continuing the mission of making it easier for home cooks and chefs to recreate the bold, vibrant flavours of Mexico.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53236071661910,"sku":null,"price":3.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/cool-chile-corn-tortillas.jpg?v=1776967772"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-mojo-de-ajo","title":"Cool Chile Co Garlic Oil (Mojo de Ajo)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, instant flavour without the effort, Cool Chile Co Mojo de Ajo is a simple way to bring rich, smoky depth to everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich, garlicky and gently spiced, this traditional Mexican oil is made by slowly cooking garlic with chipotle chillies in a blend of sunflower and extra virgin olive oil. The result is a deeply savoury, aromatic oil that adds warmth and complexity to any dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere’s no prep required - just spoon, drizzle or stir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for quick midweek meals, easy entertaining or adding a finishing touch to simple ingredients, it’s a kitchen shortcut you’ll use again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple that instantly elevates everything it touches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, slow-cooked garlic with a smoky chipotle warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncredibly versatile - use for cooking or finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with simple, high-quality ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds instant depth to everyday meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for vegetables, seafood, meats and grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA true Mexican kitchen essential\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over prawns, grilled fish or roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into rice, beans or pasta for extra flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over burrata, tomatoes or warm bread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss with greens, mushrooms or roasted potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in marinades for meat, tofu or cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend into sauces or salsas for added depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic (40%), sunflower oil (26%), extra virgin olive oil (12%), chipotle in adobo (chipotle chillies, water, tomato paste, salt, sugar, onion, acetic acid), cider vinegar, sea salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e160g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Mojo de Ajo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA traditional Mexican garlic oil made by slowly cooking garlic with chillies and oil to create a rich, flavour-packed condiment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild to medium - gently warming with smoky chipotle rather than intense heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it works both as a cooking oil and a finishing drizzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeafood, grilled meats, roasted vegetables, beans, rice, pasta and bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it’s completely plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co is the UK’s leading importer of authentic Mexican ingredients, working directly with producers to bring real flavours from Mexico to British kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir range is built on quality, tradition and proper flavour - making it easier to cook genuine Mexican food at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53236225900886,"sku":null,"price":6.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/mojo-de-ajo-cool-chile.jpg?v=1776968099"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-ranchero-sauce","title":"Cool Chile Co Ranchero Sauce","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks who want bold Mexican flavour with minimal effort, Cool Chile Ranchero Sauce is a brilliant shortcut to classic brunch dishes and comforting meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with tomatoes, onion, fresh coriander and green chilli, this gently spiced sauce delivers bright tomato flavour with a warming chilli kick. It’s inspired by traditional Mexican ranchero sauces served with eggs, Cool Chile Corn Tortillas and beans. (Bold Beans Black Beans work a treat)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply heat and spoon over fried eggs and warm corn tortillas to make huevos rancheros, or use it as a quick base for chilaquiles, enchiladas or baked eggs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich, savoury and incredibly versatile, it’s a dependable jar to keep in the cupboard when you want proper Mexican flavour, fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic Mexican tomato ranchero sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium spice with fresh coriander\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for huevos rancheros and brunch dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to heat and serve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds instant flavour to eggs, beans and tortillas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over fried eggs and tortillas for huevos rancheros\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as the sauce for enchiladas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimmer tortilla chips in it for chilaquiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to beans or rice for extra flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with tacos, eggs or grilled vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes (81%), onion, rapeseed oil, coriander (1%), sea salt, hot green chilli, citric acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a factory that handles nuts, peanuts and sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritional Information (per 100g)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnergy: 177kJ \/ 42kcal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFat: 1.8g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which saturates: 0.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbohydrates: 4.3g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eof which sugars: 3.1g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtein: 1.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt: 1.2g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Once opened, refrigerate and use within 5 days. Avoid exposure to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e260g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is ranchero sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRanchero sauce is a traditional Mexican tomato and chilli sauce commonly served with eggs in dishes like huevos rancheros.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is ranchero sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a medium, warming heat balanced by the sweetness of tomatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I make huevos rancheros?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm the sauce in a pan, spoon it over fried eggs and warm corn tortillas, and serve with beans, avocado or cheese.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It works beautifully as a sauce for enchiladas, baked eggs, chilaquiles or beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this sauce vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it’s made entirely from plant-based ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExplore More Cool Chile Flavours\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatillo Salsa – bright, tangy and gently spicy, perfect for tacos and enchiladas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChipotle Salsa – smoky tomato salsa with chipotle chillies, great for dipping and nachos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMojo de Ajo Garlic Oil – fragrant Mexican garlic oil for drizzling over tacos, vegetables and grilled seafood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile Co\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co was founded in 1993 by Dodie Miller to bring authentic Mexican ingredients to the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarting from a small London market stall selling dried Mexican chillies, the company has grown into a specialist producer of Mexican sauces, tortillas and pantry staples. Many of their products are inspired by traditional Mexican recipes and use ingredients sourced directly from Mexico.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToday Cool Chile remains a family-run business, with Dodie and her son Jackson continuing to help home cooks recreate the vibrant flavours of Mexican cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53236346814806,"sku":null,"price":5.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/cool-chile-Ranchero-sauce.jpg?v=1776968485"},{"product_id":"cool-chile-habanero-hot-sauce","title":"Cool Chile Co Habanero Hot Sauce","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, fiery flavour without the effort, Cool Chile Habanero Hot Sauce is the easiest way to bring authentic Mexican heat to everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBright, punchy and seriously spicy, this small-batch hot sauce is made with Mexican habanero chillies for a sharp, fruity heat that cuts through rich dishes and lifts simple ones. Balanced with tomato, garlic and vinegar, it delivers depth as well as fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere’s no prep required - just drizzle, dash or stir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for tacos, eggs, grilled meats or anything that needs a kick, it’s a simple way to turn up the heat in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard essential for spice lovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold, fruity heat from real habanero chillies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean, simple ingredients with no additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstant flavour boost for everyday meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile - drizzle, dip or cook with it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for heat seekers and Mexican food lovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over tacos, burritos or nachos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to grilled meats or seafood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into soups, stews or broths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix with mayo or sour cream for a spicy dip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to eggs, omelettes or avocado toast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more inspiration on how to rustle up quick and easy Mexican dishes, explore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/mexican-pantry\"\u003eThe Mexican Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomatoes, cider vinegar, sea salt, dried habanero chillies (2%), garlic, spices\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150g bottle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMedium to high heat - a bright, fruity spice that builds and lingers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - it’s completely plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain additives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - it’s made with natural ingredients and no artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTacos, grilled meats, eggs, soups, dips and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Cool Chile \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCool Chile Co is the UK’s leading importer of authentic Mexican ingredients, working directly with producers to bring real flavours from Mexico to British kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir range focuses on quality, tradition and proper flavour - making it easier to cook genuine Mexican food at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cool Chile Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53236798882134,"sku":null,"price":5.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Habanero-sauce-cool-chile.jpg?v=1776969971"},{"product_id":"cucumber-dill-pickles-rodeo-disco-pickles","title":"Cucumber Dill Pickles – Rodeo Disco Pickles","description":"\u003cp\u003eRodeo Disco Pickles are bold, tangy cucumber dill pickles made in small batches by Goat Rodeo Goods in rural Stirlingshire, Scotland. This is a party-sized jar for proper pickle fans - vinegar-forward, dill-led and packed with crunch, with extra warmth from a generous mix of spices and pink peppercorns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade using surplus cucumbers from local farms, these pickles skip unnecessary sweetness and additives in favour of sharp, punchy flavour. At 500ml, it’s a generous jar designed for sharing, snacking, stacking on burgers - or eating straight from the fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoat Rodeo Goods was founded by Lucy and Kat, whose backgrounds in fire cooking, food writing and traditional skills shape everything they make. The result is proper pantry food with serious flavour and a sense of fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold, vinegar-forward dill pickles with real crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpiced with pink peppercorns for extra character\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with surplus local cucumbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo unnecessary sweetness or additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge jar made for sharing and snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to burgers, bagels and sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe alongside cheese boards and charcuterie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChop into potato salad or slaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEat cold, straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with bread, pickles and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/tinned-fish-pickles-co\"\u003etinned fish\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCucumbers, water, distilled malt vinegar (from barley), sugar, salt, garlic, dill, black peppercorns, mustard seeds, coriander seeds, nigella seeds, pink peppercorns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: Barley (gluten), mustard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: Vegan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging: Recyclable glass jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Refrigerate after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 500ml\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do they taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSharp, tangy and dill-forward with a warm, spiced finish from peppercorns and seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I use them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect in burgers, sandwiches, cheese boards or eaten straight from the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are they made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade in small batches in Stirlingshire, Scotland, using locally sourced surplus cucumbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - vegan, natural and palm-oil free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53237647016278,"sku":null,"price":10.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/bread-butter-pickles-goat-rodeo.webp?v=1776970614"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-better-than-sex-roast-potato-seasoning","title":"Better Than Sex Roast Potato Seasoning Goat Rodeo","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Better Than Sex Roast Potato Seasoning by Goat Rodeo\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a bold, savoury seasoning designed specifically for properly good roast potatoes - crisp on the outside, fluffy in the middle and full of flavour. Made with herbs, garlic and black pepper, it brings depth and crunch without overpowering the potato itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreated in small batches in Scotland, it’s an easy way to level up Sunday roasts, midweek trays of potatoes or any dish that benefits from a deeply savoury finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for roast potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBig flavour with simple, familiar ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable results every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic roast potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraybakes with root vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrispy potatoes for sharing plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprinkle over wedges or smashed potatoes with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/cucumber-dill-pickles-rodeo-disco-pickles\"\u003eGoat Rodeo Pickles\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParboil potatoes, drain and shake to rough up the edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScatter seasoning generously and shake again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoast in a preheated tray with hot oil or goose fat at 200°C for 25 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake halfway through, then reduce heat to 180°C and roast for a further 30 minutes until golden and crisp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredients\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSemolina, sea salt, dried parsley, dried oregano, dried chives, garlic powder, onion powder, black pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: Contains wheat (gluten).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade In\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUK (Stirlingshire, Scotland)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this only for roast potatoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt’s designed for roast potatoes but works brilliantly on wedges, traybakes and other roasted vegetables. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to use a lot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBe generous - it’s made to coat potatoes well and deliver flavour throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it with oil or goose fat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it works well with both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53237770584406,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/better-than-sex-roast-potato-seasoning.webp?v=1777997260"},{"product_id":"goat-rodeo-spicy-disco-mix-chilli-citrus-spice-blend","title":"Goat Rodeo Spicy Disco Mix Chilli \u0026 Citrus Spice Blend","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks who want bold, expressive flavour without overthinking it, Goat Rodeo Spicy Disco Mix is a vibrant, all-purpose seasoning that works across everything from weeknight dinners to weekend cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlending pink peppercorn, parsley and juniper with citrus notes of dried orange and a gentle heat from aleppo pepper and ancho chilli, this mix delivers a bright, layered flavour with a subtle warmth. It’s aromatic, slightly zesty and just curious enough to keep you coming back for more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it as a dry rub for chicken, fish or steak, or toss it through vegetables before roasting. It pairs particularly well with lemony grains like orzo, adds depth to sauces and soups, and can even be worked into doughs to bring a savoury lift to fresh bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVersatile, punchy and easy to use, it’s the kind of seasoning that quickly becomes a go-to for adding flavour without fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright chilli and citrus spice blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with aleppo pepper, pink peppercorn and dried orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks across meat, fish and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds flavour quickly and easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile enough for everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a dry rub for chicken, fish or steak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss with vegetables before roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into sauces or soups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprinkle over grains or salads and serve with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/cucumber-dill-pickles-rodeo-disco-pickles\"\u003eGoat Rodeo Pickles\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix with oil or lemon juice for a quick marinade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSea salt, sugar, aleppo pepper, ancho chilli, dried orange, pink pepper, black pepper, juniper, parsley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a facility that handles nuts, peanuts and sesame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutritional Information (per 100g)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot provided\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Avoid exposure to direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimum 60g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Spicy Disco Mix taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA balanced blend of citrus, gentle heat and aromatic spice with a bright finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has a mild to medium heat, with warmth rather than intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt works well on chicken, fish, vegetables, grains, sauces and even bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a marinade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, mix it with oil or lemon juice for a simple marinade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goat Rodeo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53238017818966,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/spicy-disco-mix-goat-rodeo.webp?v=1776971973"},{"product_id":"perello-judian-butter-beans-tin","title":"Perello Judian Butter Beans - Tin","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks who want better pantry staples, these Judión Butter Beans are a simple upgrade to everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDense, creamy and gently vegetal with subtle mushroom notes, these premium Spanish butter beans are selected for their size and naturally silky texture. Cooked simply with water and salt, they hold their shape while staying soft and tender. Perelló selects high-quality Judión beans known for their consistency and depth of flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to use straight from the tin - no soaking, no prep, just proper ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for soups, stews, braises, salads or simply dressed with olive oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium Judión butter beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge, creamy and tender with a silky texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGently vegetal flavour with subtle depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooked simply with water and salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo additives or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to use, no prep required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain and rinse before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to soups, stews or braises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss through salads or grain dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe simply with olive oil and seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButter beans, water, salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(Beans from Poland, no additives)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServes 2–3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Judión butter beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA large, premium variety of butter bean known for their creamy texture and delicate flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they ready to eat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - simply drain and rinse before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre butter beans high in protein?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are a good source of plant-based protein and fibre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre butter beans the same as cannellini beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - butter beans are larger and creamier, while cannellini beans are smaller and firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they additive free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - no additives or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53256598716758,"sku":null,"price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/butter-beans-peak-and-the-pantry.webp?v=1777996569"},{"product_id":"perello-lechoso-chickpeas-tin","title":"Perello Lechoso Chickpeas (Tin)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks who want better pantry staples, these Lechoso Chickpeas are a simple upgrade to everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenerously sized, creamy and gently nutty, these premium Spanish chickpeas are known for their smooth texture and ability to hold their shape. Cooked simply with water and salt, they retain their natural flavour without any additives. Perelló selects only high-quality Lechoso chickpeas, prized for their size and consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to use straight from the tin - no soaking, no prep, just proper ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for soups, stews, salads or blending into a smooth, creamy hummus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium Spanish Lechoso chickpeas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge, creamy and tender with a firm texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooked simply with water and salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo additives or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to use, no prep required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for a wide range of dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain and rinse before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to soups, stews or salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend into hummus or dips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss through pasta or grain dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChickpeas, water, salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(Chickpeas from Spain, no additives)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServes 2–3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Lechoso chickpeas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA premium Spanish variety known for their large size, smooth texture and creamy interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they ready to eat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - simply drain and rinse before using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they high in protein?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, chickpeas are a good plant-based source of protein and fibre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo tinned chickpeas taste as good as jarred?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - they are cooked in the same way and retain their quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they additive free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - no additives or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Perello\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerelló sources high-quality Spanish ingredients known for their flavour, texture and consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir pantry staples are selected for everyday cooking - simple products, done properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perello","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53272064557398,"sku":null,"price":3.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/PerelloLechosoChickpeas-peak-and-thepantry.webp?v=1777993942"},{"product_id":"perello-cocktail-gherkins","title":"Perello Cocktail Gherkins","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want sharp, punchy flavour without the prep, Perelló Gherkins are an easy way to add brightness and crunch to everyday dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese small Spanish pepinillos are pickled with mustard seeds, silverskin onions and black peppercorns, giving them a balanced tang with a gentle, savoury spice. Crisp, clean and properly punchy, they cut through rich food and bring everything into focus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo prep needed - just open and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect alongside tinned fish, charcuterie or strong cheeses, they’re a simple addition that makes everything taste better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll keep coming back to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall, crunchy Spanish gherkins (pepinillos)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced acidity with mustard and black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds brightness to rich dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for boards, sandwiches and sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with charcuterie and cheeses and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/perello-olive-and-pickle-cocktail-mix\"\u003ePerello Cocktail Picante Olives \u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with tinned fish or pâté\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlice into sandwiches or burgers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChop into tartare sauce or potato salad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy straight from the jar as a snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGherkins (sulphites), vinegar, water, onions, sugar, salt, mustard seeds, black peppercorns, natural flavouring, antioxidant: ascorbic acid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay also contain almond and fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(allergens in bold)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e190g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do they taste?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrisp and tangy with a balanced acidity and subtle spice from mustard seeds and peppercorns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow are they different from regular pickles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller, crunchier and less sharp than typical British pickles, with more depth of flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do they pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharcuterie, strong cheeses, tinned fish, sandwiches and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to refrigerate after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - keep refrigerated and consume within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - they’re great chopped into sauces, salads or used as a garnish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Perelló\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerelló is a Spanish pantry brand known for its high-quality olives and pickled vegetables, made using traditional methods and bold Mediterranean flavours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir products are a staple of tapas culture - simple, punchy and made for sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perello","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53272284561750,"sku":null,"price":4.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/perello-cocktail-gherkins.jpg?v=1777994174"},{"product_id":"perello-hot-guindilla-chillies","title":"Perello Hot Guindilla Chillies","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright, punchy Spanish guindilla chillies with a sharp, tangy bite and gentle heat. A classic tapas pepper traditionally served alongside olives, anchovies and cured meats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pickled chillies add instant lift to cheese boards, charcuterie and small plates, and work just as well chopped through salads, scattered over pizza or tucked into sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small jar that goes a long way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy you’ll love them\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharp, tangy and gently spicy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic Spanish tapas chilli\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat with cheese, charcuterie and pâté and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/perello-olive-and-pickle-cocktail-mix\"\u003ePerello Picante Cocktail Olives\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy upgrade for pizzas, kebabs and grilled meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to use straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for hosting, staycations or a midweek plate that needs a little something extra.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe as part of a tapas spread with olives and cured meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with cheeses and pâtés for a tangy contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChop and scatter over pizzas, kebabs or tacos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to salads or sandwiches for a sharp pickled bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend into dressings or marinades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen hot peppers (\u003cstrong\u003eSULPHITES\u003c\/strong\u003e), water, vinegar, salt, antioxidant: ascorbic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMay contain traces of NUTS and FISH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergen Information\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor allergens see ingredients in bold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e130g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow spicy are guindilla chillies?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGently spicy with a bright, tangy heat - flavourful rather than fiery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat foods pair best with these chillies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheese boards, charcuterie, pâté, tapas, pizza, kebabs, grilled meats and sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to refrigerate after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Refrigerate once opened and consume within a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - great chopped into salads, sauces, marinades and dressings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry Kebab Night Recipe Kit – for an easy, flavour-packed DIY kebab night\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Dressed Up Tahini \u0026amp; Lime Dressing – drizzle over wraps, salads or grilled veg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Dressed Up Spicy Harissa Dressing – for extra heat and depth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHost your own kebab night:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm flatbreads, grilled chicken or halloumi, crunchy salad, guindilla chillies, tahini \u0026amp; lime dressing and a spoon of harissa. Let everyone build their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perello","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53272510071126,"sku":null,"price":4.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/chillies.jpg?v=1777991860"},{"product_id":"perello-olive-and-pickle-cocktail-mix","title":"Perello Olive and Pickle Cocktail Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, ready-to-serve flavour without the effort, Perelló Olive \u0026amp; Pickle Cocktail Mix is an instant way to bring proper Spanish tapas to the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA vibrant mix of green and black olives, silverskin onions and crisp gherkins, all lightly pickled for a balanced, briny bite. It’s the kind of thing you open, put straight into a bowl and suddenly drinks feel like an occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo prep, no fuss - just sharp, salty, tangy flavour ready to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for aperitivo hour, grazing boards or last-minute hosting, it’s a store-cupboard essential that makes everything feel a bit more considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA classic Spanish-style olive and pickle mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced, tangy brine with real depth of flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to serve straight from the tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for drinks, grazing and entertaining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds instant interest to simple boards and salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe straight from the tin with drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to charcuterie and cheese boards with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/perello-cocktail-gherkins\"\u003ePerello Pickled Gherkins\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss through salads for a salty, tangy lift \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a garnish for martinis or Bloody Marys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChop into potato salads or grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, green pitted olives, black unpitted olives, gherkins (sulphites), silverskin onions, chilli (sulphites), salt, flavour enhancers: E621 and E635, acid: citric acid, antioxidant: ascorbic acid\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(allergens in bold)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e180g tin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAre the olives pitted?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe green olives are pitted, the black olives are whole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it taste?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBriny, tangy and lightly sharp, with a balanced pickle that doesn’t overpower the olives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to refrigerate after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - store in the fridge and consume within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharcuterie, cheeses, crisps, bread, cocktails and simple salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Perelló\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerelló is a Spanish pantry brand known for its high-quality olives and pickled vegetables, made using traditional methods and bold Mediterranean flavours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir products are a staple of tapas culture - simple, punchy and made for sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perello","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53272600117590,"sku":null,"price":3.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/perello-chilli-olives-peak-pantry.jpg?v=1786887800"},{"product_id":"perello-white-beans-jar","title":"Perello White Beans (Jar)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want simple, nourishing meals without the prep, Perello White Beans are an easy way to add depth and comfort to everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese long, delicate white beans are gently cooked to hold their shape while staying soft and creamy. Mild, slightly sweet and beautifully textured, they soak up flavour effortlessly and work across everything from quick salads to slow, hearty dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo soaking, no long cooking times - just open and use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for midweek meals, plant-based cooking or building simple, satisfying dishes, they’re a quiet essential that always delivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll rely on again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreamy, tender white beans with a delicate texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild, slightly sweet flavour that absorbs seasoning well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to use straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for salads, stews and purées\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA versatile staple for plant-based and everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss into salads with olive oil, herbs and lemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into stews, soups or casseroles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend into smooth purées or dips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with roasted vegetables or grains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMash with garlic and olive oil for a simple spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with fish or grilled meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite beans (sulphites) (83%), water, salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(allergens in bold)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e720g jar (600g drained)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat them straight from the jar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - they’re fully cooked and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do they taste?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild, creamy and slightly sweet, with a soft but structured texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do they work well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalads, stews, roasted vegetables, grains and simple Mediterranean-style dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to refrigerate after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - store in the fridge in their liquid and consume within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for plant-based diets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - they’re naturally vegan and a great source of plant-based protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Perello\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerelló is a Spanish pantry brand known for sourcing and producing high-quality ingredients rooted in traditional methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir range focuses on simple, flavour-led staples designed to bring Mediterranean cooking into everyday kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Perello","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53272848630102,"sku":null,"price":4.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Perello-Alargada-beans-jar-whitebeans.webp?v=1777991263"},{"product_id":"bold-beans-queen-black-beans","title":"Bold Beans Queen Black Beans","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Bold Beans Queen Black Beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBold Beans Gourmet Black Beans are slow-cooked to perfection for a rich, creamy texture while keeping a satisfying bite, then jarred in their natural bean stock for maximum flavour. Unlike standard tinned beans, they’re slow-cooked rather than pressure-cooked, giving a more natural taste with no metallic notes and no artificial additives or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to eat and endlessly versatile, they’re a simple way to add depth, substance, and comfort to quick meals. Ideal for taco nights, chillies, grain bowls, salads, shakshuka, or blending into soups for extra creaminess. A dependable pantry staple for midweek dinners, batch cooking, and low-effort cooking that still tastes considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow-cooked for better texture and flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, creamy beans with a satisfying bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat and easy to use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for quick meals and batch cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA proper pantry staple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon into tacos, burritos, or quesadillas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into chillies, stews, or soups - Try along side \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/chilli-night-recipe-kit\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry Chilli Night Kit\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to grain bowls with roasted veg and dressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss into salads with lime and herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMash into smoky black bean dip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in veggie burgers or shakshuka-style dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack beans (100%), water, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet weight: 570g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrained weight: 400g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes these different from standard tinned beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re slow-cooked rather than pressure-cooked, giving better flavour, creamier texture, and no metallic taste. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to cook them first?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - they’re ready to eat straight from the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there any additives or preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Just black beans, water, and salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for plant-based diets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they’re completely plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them for batch cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. They’re ideal for meal prep and cooking across multiple dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bold Bean","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53272948900182,"sku":null,"price":3.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/bold-beans-queen-black-beans.webp?v=1777991017"},{"product_id":"bold-beans-queen-red-beans","title":"Bold Beans Queen Red Beans","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour you need then you need Bold Beans Queen Red Beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBold Beans Gourmet Queen Red Beans are slow-cooked to deliver a rich, creamy texture while keeping their shape and bite, then jarred in their natural bean stock for maximum flavour. Unlike standard tinned beans, they’re slow-cooked rather than pressure-cooked, giving a more natural taste with no artificial additives or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to eat and endlessly versatile, they’re ideal for stews, soups, tacos, grain bowls, rice and beans, salads, dips, or blending into soups for extra creaminess. A dependable pantry staple for quick midweek dinners, batch cooking, and low-effort meals that still taste considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Slow-cooked for better texture and flavour\u003cbr\u003e• Rich, creamy beans with a satisfying bite\u003cbr\u003e• No artificial additives or preservatives\u003cbr\u003e• Ready to eat and easy to use\u003cbr\u003e• Great for quick meals and batch cooking\u003cbr\u003e• High in fibre and a natural source of protein\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Spoon into tacos or burritos\u003cbr\u003e• Add to stews, soups, or chillies - perfect for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/chilli-night-recipe-kit\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry Chilli Night Kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Stir into rice, quinoa, or grain bowls\u003cbr\u003e• Toss into quick salads with lime and herbs\u003cbr\u003e• Blend into dips or hummus\u003cbr\u003e• Mash into veggie burgers or patties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQueen red beans (100%), water, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet weight: 570g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrained weight: 400g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes these different from standard tinned beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey’re slow-cooked rather than pressure-cooked, giving better flavour, creamier texture, and no metallic taste. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to cook them first?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - they’re ready to eat straight from the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there any additives or preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Just beans, water, and salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for plant-based diets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, they’re completely plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them for batch cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbsolutely. They’re ideal for meal prep and cooking across multiple dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bold Bean","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53273042649430,"sku":null,"price":3.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/bold-beans-queen-red-beans.webp?v=1777990794"},{"product_id":"british-beef-bone-broth-grass-fed-spring-broth","title":"Grass Fed British Beef Bone Broth","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Spring British Beef Bone Broth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from 100% grass-fed British beef, this clear, rich broth is slow-cooked in small batches by Spring using real ingredients and no shortcuts. Bones are gently simmered with button mushrooms, parsley, thyme, and a splash of apple cyder vinegar for clean, savoury depth and natural flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth, nourishing, and easy to digest, it’s ideal for sipping, batch cooking, or building better everyday dishes like Bolognese, chilli, gravies, and soups. A dependable pantry staple for midweek meals, recovery days, and low-effort cooking that still tastes considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a lighter broth try \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/british-chicken-bone-broth-free-range-spring-broth\"\u003eSpring Chicken Bone Broth\u003c\/a\u003e for quick and easy dumpling and ramen dishes \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with 100% grass-fed British beef bones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear, rich, and full of natural flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes mushrooms, parsley, thyme \u0026amp; apple cyder vinegar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow-cooked in small batches near London\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo additives or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to sip or cook with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSip warm with lemon, salt, or herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to soups, stews, or risottos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into Bolognese, chilli, or gravy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreeze in cubes for quick flavour boosts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave you tried \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/british-chicken-bone-broth-free-range-spring-broth\"\u003eSpring Chicken Bone Broth\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeef bones, button mushrooms, parsley, thyme, apple cyder vinegar, water, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e500ml glass bottle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this broth different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s made in the UK with 100% grass-fed British beef and slow-cooked for real flavour. No concentrates or shortcuts. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSip warm or use as a base for soups, sauces, and everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need refrigeration?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShelf-stable. Refrigerate after opening and use within the timeframe on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for keto or fasting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - suitable for keto, paleo, and low-carb diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted by Spring just outside London using ethically sourced British beef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Spring Bone Broth","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53273261211990,"sku":null,"price":7.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/british-beef-bone-broth-spring.webp?v=1777990547"},{"product_id":"british-chicken-bone-broth-free-range-spring-broth","title":"Free Range British Chicken Bone Broth","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Spring British Chicken Bone Broth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from free-range British chicken bones, this clear, savoury broth is slow-cooked in small batches by Spring using real ingredients and no shortcuts. Gently simmered with carrot, onion, mushroom, garlic, bay, thyme, black peppercorns, and a splash of apple cyder vinegar for clean, deep flavour with no additives or preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth, comforting, and easy to digest, it’s ideal for sipping, soothing your gut, or using as a flavourful base for risottos, soups, stews, noodle bowls, or stretching Sunday roast leftovers. A dependable pantry staple for midweek meals, recovery days, and low-effort cooking that still tastes considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with free-range British chicken bones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear, savoury, and naturally full of flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes vegetables, herbs \u0026amp; apple cyder vinegar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow-cooked in small batches near London\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo additives or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to sip or cook with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSip warm with lemon, salt, or herbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into soups, stews, or risottos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse for gravy, sauces, or noodle bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreeze in cubes for quick flavour boosts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave you tried\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/british-beef-bone-broth-grass-fed-spring-broth\"\u003e Spring British Beef Bone Broth\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChicken bones (32.64%), chicken meat (8.37%), carrot, onion, button mushroom, garlic, bay leaf, thyme, apple cyder vinegar, black peppercorns, water, salt (0.5%).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e500ml glass bottle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this chicken broth different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s made with high-welfare British chicken and slow-cooked for real flavour. No concentrates or shortcuts. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSip warm, use in soups and stews, or cook grains and noodles in it for extra flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need refrigeration?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShelf-stable. Refrigerate after opening and use within the timeframe on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for special diets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - suitable for low-carb, keto, paleo, and gluten-free diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho makes it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted by Spring just outside London in small batches using clean, traceable British ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Spring Bone Broth","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53273303351638,"sku":null,"price":7.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/british-chicken-bone-broth-spring.jpg?v=1777990397"},{"product_id":"yep-chilli-crisp-oil","title":"Yep Chilli Crisp Oil","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Yep Chilli Crisp Oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYep Sichuan Chilli Crisp is hot, savoury, and packed with deep umami. Made with dried chillies, mushroom powder, and Sichuan pepper, it delivers a bold combination of heat, crunch, and that signature numbing tingle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEndlessly versatile and full of flavour, it’s ideal for drizzling, dipping, mixing, or cooking with. Spoon over dumplings, noodles, rice bowls, steamed fish, or even pizza. Mix with mayo for a quick spicy sandwich spread, or pair with soy sauce and black vinegar for a punchy dipping sauce. A big-flavour pantry staple for quick meals that still feel exciting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorks perfectly with our latest addition to the range, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/yep-kitchen-hunan-salted-chillies\"\u003eYep Salted Hunan Chillies \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOr if you prefer a little extra heat, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/double-heat-sichuan-chilli-crisp-yep-kitchen\"\u003eYep Double Heat Chilli Oil\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e  Hot, savoury, and full of umami\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e  With mushroom powder \u0026amp; Sichuan pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e  Crunchy texture with bold chilli heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e  Great for drizzling, dipping, and cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e  Handmade in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e  Big flavour, small spoonful\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over dumplings, noodles, or rice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix with mayo for a spicy sandwich spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into marinades or dipping sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair with soy sauce \u0026amp; black vinegar for wontons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish steamed fish, fried squid, or pizza\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRapeseed oil, dried chilli, mushroom powder, Sichuan pepper, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e160g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is chilli crisp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA crunchy chilli condiment made with oil, chillies, and aromatics, designed to add heat, texture, and savoury depth. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium to high heat with lots of savoury flavour rather than just burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to refrigerate it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - store in a cool, dry place and stir before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it’s completely plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Yep Kitchen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYep Kitchen condiments are inspired by the bold flavours of Southwest China. Founder Tom Palmer spent a decade living in China before founding the business in 2022. Each product is made in small batches using carefully sourced ingredients from Chengdu, creating umami-rich chilli oils and crisps bursting with flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Yep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53273500811606,"sku":null,"price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/sichuan-chilli-oil-yep.jpg?v=1777990217"},{"product_id":"yep-kitchen-hunan-salted-chillies","title":"Yep Kitchen Hunan Salted Chillies","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Yep Kitchen Hunan Salted Chillies.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA bold, fermented chilli condiment with a rice wine tang - made to bring heat, depth and brightness to everyday cooking.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInspired by Hunan-style duo jiao, these salted chillies are hot, savoury and packed with umami, balanced with ginger, garlic and just enough funk to lift rich dishes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReady to use straight from the jar. Perfect stirred through noodles or fried rice, spooned over steamed fish, or layered into sandwiches for heat, crunch and acidity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade in small batches by Yep Kitchen, a producer focused on the bold, uncompromising flavours of Southwest China. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA new addition to the Yep range, pairs perfectly with our best selling \u003ca href=\"Yep%20Chilli%20Crisp%20Oil\"\u003eYep Chilli Crisp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFermented Hunan-style salted chillies (duo jiao)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHot, tangy and deeply savoury\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade with rice wine, ginger and garlic\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSmall-batch and flavour-led\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReady to use straight from the jar\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for quick meals \u0026amp; flavour boosts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpoon over steamed fish or seafood\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStir through noodles, broths or fried rice\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdd to sandwiches for heat and acidity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eServe alongside grilled meats or vegetables\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIngredients\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChilli (83%), baijiu rice wine (water, sorghum, wheat, sweetcorn), sea salt (4%), ginger, garlic, cane sugar\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDietary\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGluten free (due to the distillation process of the rice wine)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAbout Yep Kitchen\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFounded by Tom Palmer after a decade living in China, Yep Kitchen creates small-batch condiments inspired by the bold flavours of Southwest China. Using carefully sourced ingredients from Chengdu, their range focuses on umami-rich chilli oils and ferments designed to bring depth, heat and character to everyday cooking.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Yep","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53273535775062,"sku":null,"price":8.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Yep-Kitchen-Hunan-Salted-Chillies.webp?v=1777990006"},{"product_id":"chimac-korean-bbq-wing-sauce","title":"Chimac Korean BBQ Wing Sauce","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Chimac Korean BBQ Wing Sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Korean BBQ wing sauce is all about balance - sweet, savoury and gently umami, without heavy heat. Inspired by Korean fried chicken, it brings depth and richness rather than spice, making it easy to use and widely appealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it as a glaze or marinade for chicken, pork, lamb or vegetables, then cook however suits you - oven, air fryer, BBQ or pan. A simple way to add big flavour with very little effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet and savoury with a mild, crowd-pleasing heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUmami-rich without being overpowering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile across meat, veg and plant-based cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to use for everyday meals or sharing dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoat wings or drumsticks before baking or air-frying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush over grilled pork or lamb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss through roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a quick marinade or finishing glaze\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/chimac-sriracha-caramel-glaze\"\u003eChimac Sriracha Caramel Glaze\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrown sugar (sugar, cane molasses), cider vinegar, soybean paste (27.3%) (water, \u003cstrong\u003esoybean\u003c\/strong\u003e, wheat flour, salt, wheat, koji), distilled alcohol (barley, \u003cstrong\u003ewheat\u003c\/strong\u003e), defatted soybean powder, flavour enhancer (E621), \u003cstrong\u003emustard powder\u003c\/strong\u003e, salt, soy sauce (water, soybean, wheat, salt), garlic, water, rapeseed oil, spices, xanthan gum (E415).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: \u003cstrong\u003eGluten \u003c\/strong\u003e(wheat, barley), soy, mustard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this sauce spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s mild rather than hot, focusing on sweetness and savoury depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I use it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChicken, pork, lamb, vegetables and plant-based proteins all work well. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used as a marinade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it works both as a marinade and as a glaze during cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Chimac","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53273615925590,"sku":null,"price":3.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/chimac-korean-bbq-wing-sauce.jpg?v=1777989789"},{"product_id":"chimac-sriracha-caramel-glaze","title":"Chimac Sriracha Caramel Glaze","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Chimac Sriracha Caramel Glaze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis sriracha caramel glaze balances sweetness with gentle heat, bringing together rich caramel, garlic and chilli for a sticky, savoury finish. Inspired by Korean flavours but designed to be easy and flexible, it adds depth without overwhelming spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpoon or brush it over pork, fish, chicken or tofu, then cook in the pan, oven or air fryer. A simple way to add bold flavour and a glossy finish to everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet and sticky with a mild chilli warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds instant depth and colour to simple dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile across meat, fish and plant-based cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to use as both a glaze and finishing sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush over pork chops or chicken thighs before roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlaze salmon or white fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss through crispy tofu or vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a sticky finish for stir-fries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/chimac-korean-bbq-wing-sauce\"\u003eChimac Korean BBQ Wing Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar (56%), soy sauce (water, \u003cstrong\u003esoybean\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ewheat\u003c\/strong\u003e, salt), water, sriracha (13.5%) (hot chilli sauce [chilli 40%, sugar, water, vinegar, garlic, salt, stabiliser: xanthan gum (E415)]), lime juice, garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllergens: Gluten (wheat), soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this glaze very spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - it has a gentle chilli warmth, balanced by sweetness rather than heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it work best with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePork, chicken, fish, tofu and vegetables all work well. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it or just finish dishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can do both - use it as a glaze during cooking or brush on at the end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Chimac","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53273710199126,"sku":null,"price":3.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/chimac-caramel-glaze.webp?v=1777989631"},{"product_id":"saucerer-gochujang-arrabbiata-sauce","title":"Saucerer Gochujang Arrabbiata Sauce","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks who love bold flavour and a little heat, Gochujang Arrabbiata from The Saucerer delivers a fiery fusion of Korean depth and classic Italian spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis spellbinding sauce blends authentic gochujang-style umami richness with the bright heat of Italian chillies, garlic and tomato to create a velvety arrabbiata with serious personality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a perfectly balanced sauce with smoky sweetness, savoury depth and a lingering chilli warmth that builds with every bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVersatile and packed with flavour, it’s perfect stirred through pasta, spread over pizza, used as a marinade, or added to dishes that need a punch of heat and umami.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted in the UK using premium ingredients and no artificial additives, it’s pure flavour magic in a jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold fusion of Korean gochujang-style flavour and Italian arrabbiata heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich tomato base with garlic, chilli and deep umami notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium–hot heat level with smoky sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted in the UK with premium global ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir through pasta for a spicy arrabbiata twist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread over pizza bases for a bold tomato kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a marinade for meats or vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to noodles, rice bowls or stir-fries for extra depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon into stews or sauces to build heat and umami\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomato (diced tomatoes, tomato juice, acidity regulator: citric acid) (55%), tomato paste (14%), onion, garlic, rice vinegar (spirit vinegar (water, rice extract, alcohol, sake cake extract, spirit vinegar), salt), demerara sugar, olive oil, paprika, fava bean umami paste (fava beans, water, salt, live cultures), chilli flake, coconut aminos (coconut nectar, sea salt), chilli, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains fava beans. Produced in facilities that may handle allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Once opened, refrigerate and consume within 5 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore the range \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/calabrian-chilli-honey-pasta-sauce-saucerer\"\u003eCalabrian Chilli \u0026amp; Honey Pasta Sauce Saucerer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/wild-mushroom-truffle-oil-pesto-saucerer\"\u003eWild Mushroom \u0026amp; Truffle Oil Pesto Saucerer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is gochujang arrabbiata?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGochujang arrabbiata is a fusion sauce combining the deep savoury flavour associated with Korean gochujang with the spicy tomato base of traditional Italian arrabbiata.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sauce has a medium–hot heat level, balanced with tomato sweetness and savoury umami.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works beautifully stirred through pasta, spread on pizza, used as a marinade, or added to rice, noodles and roasted vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the sauce is completely plant-based.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Saucerer sauces are crafted in the UK using premium global ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Saucerer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53273979322710,"sku":null,"price":5.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/saucere-spicy-gochujang.webp?v=1777989122"},{"product_id":"wild-mushroom-truffle-oil-pesto-saucerer","title":"Wild Mushroom \u0026 Truffle Oil Pesto Saucerer","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Saucerer Wild Mushroom \u0026amp; Truffle Oil Pesto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is your answer to wanting something rich and comforting without making a sauce from scratch. A UK-made wild mushroom and truffle oil pesto with deep, earthy flavour and a silky texture, designed for quick, low-effort cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with five types of wild and cultivated mushrooms and natural black truffle oil, this vegan-friendly pesto is ready to stir straight into hot pasta, risotto, or grains. No cooking, no prep, just twist the lid, stir, and eat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for midweek dinners, late nights, and stocking the pantry with shortcuts that still feel special.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with five types of mushrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith natural black truffle oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, savoury, and umami-packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegan-friendly and dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to use straight from the jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUK-made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to eat:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStirred through hot pasta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwirled into risotto\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTossed with roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed into grain bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread on pizza or flatbreads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpooned over mushrooms or toast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnion, Olive Oil (Olive Oil, Rapeseed Oil), Wild Mushrooms (Chanterelle, Porcini, Trumpet) (14%), Mushrooms (Shiitake, Chestnut) (14%), Parsley, Truffle Infused Oil (Rapeseed Oil, Black Truffles) (5.5%), Garlic, Cider Vinegar, Lemon Juice, Salt, Onion Powder, Garlic Powder, Black Pepper, Paprika\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServing Size: 190g jar (2 servings)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight. Refrigerate after opening and use within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more of the range \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/calabrian-chilli-honey-pasta-sauce-saucerer\"\u003eCalabrian Chilli \u0026amp; Honey Pasta Sauce Saucerer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/saucerer-gochujang-arrabbiata-sauce\"\u003eSaucerer Gochujang Arrabbiata Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat is Wild Mushroom \u0026amp; Truffle Oil Pesto?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA UK-made, all-natural stir-in sauce made with five types of mushrooms and natural black truffle oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs it vegan?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It’s 100% plant-based and dairy-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow quickly can I make a meal with it?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn minutes. Stir into hot pasta or grains and serve. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoes it contain artificial ingredients or preservatives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Made using only natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs it good for gifting?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A great addition to gourmet hampers and gift boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore more Saucerer flavours:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot Honey Calabrian Hot Sauce - sweet, spicy, and seriously good.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout Saucerer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaucerer was born from a love of real food and big flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounder Tim grew up around cooking that mattered. His mum, Michèle, learned to cook from her Italian father and French mother, and passed that love of simple, delicious food on to him.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe food was never fancy - just honest, comforting, and full of flavour. And that idea still sits at the heart of Saucerer today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaucerer makes bold, plant-based sauces using thoughtfully sourced ingredients and no unnecessary extras. Just great flavour, ready to stir into everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimple food. Big taste. No compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Saucerer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53274024837462,"sku":null,"price":5.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/saucerer-mushroom-truffle-pesto.jpg?v=1777988996"},{"product_id":"calabrian-chilli-honey-pasta-sauce-saucerer","title":"Calabrian Chilli \u0026 Honey Pasta Sauce Saucerer","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Saucerer Calabrian Chilli \u0026amp; Honey Pasta Sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is for when you want big, bold flavour without building a sauce from scratch. A small-batch Calabrian chilli and honey pasta sauce made in the UK, with a rich tomato base, gentle sweetness, and a warm, fruity heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Calabrian chilli brings depth and smokiness, while natural honey softens the edges for a perfectly balanced sweet-heat finish. Designed for easy, restaurant-feeling pasta at home, but just as good spooned onto pizza, baked into lasagne, or used as a dipping sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dependable jar for quick dinners that don’t taste rushed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the UK in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalabrian chilli \u0026amp; honey for sweet heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich tomato base with depth and warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll-natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBig flavour, low effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to heat:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStirred through hot pasta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread onto pizza bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayered into lasagne or baked pasta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed as a dip for bread or arancini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpooned over roasted veg or meatballs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomato, Chilli (14%), Tomato Paste, Onion, Olive Oil, White Wine Vinegar, Honey (4%), Garlic, Chilli Flake (Red Chilli, Calabrian Chilli) (2.5%), Garlic Powder, Salt, Fennel Seed, Oregano\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 190g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore the range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/wild-mushroom-truffle-oil-pesto-saucerer\"\u003eWild Mushroom \u0026amp; Truffle Oil Pesto Saucerer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/saucerer-gochujang-arrabbiata-sauce\"\u003eSaucerer Gochujang Arrabbiata Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small-batch Calabrian chilli and honey pasta sauce made in the UK with all-natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it very spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a warming hot heat balanced by honey. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain artificial ingredients or preservatives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Made using only natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for gifting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A great choice for chilli lovers and pasta fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for more from Saucerer?\u003cbr\u003eTry the \u003ca href=\"\/store\/p\/saucerer-wild-mushroom-truffle-oil-pesto-190g\"\u003eMushroom \u0026amp; Truffle Pesto.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Saucerer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaucerer was born from a love of real food and big flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFounder Tim grew up around cooking that mattered. His mum, Michèle, learned to cook from her Italian father and French mother, and passed that love of simple, delicious food on to him.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe food was never fancy - just honest, comforting, and full of flavour. And that idea still sits at the heart of Saucerer today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaucerer makes bold, plant-based sauces using thoughtfully sourced ingredients and no unnecessary extras. Just great flavour, ready to stir into everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimple food. Big taste. No compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Saucerer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53274071138646,"sku":null,"price":5.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/saucerer-calabrian-hot-honey-pasta-sauce.webp?v=1777988879"},{"product_id":"british-chuckleberry-jam","title":"British Chuckleberry Jam  | Peak and The Pantry","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, fruity flavour without the fuss, Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Chuckleberry Jam is a simple way to bring brightness to everyday breakfasts and puddings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in small batches in London using British chuckleberries, this jam is tart, vibrant and packed with real berry character. It’s the kind of sharp-sweet flavour that cuts through richness and lifts simple dishes instantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo prep needed - just spoon, spread or swirl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect on peanut butter toast, yoghurt bowls or warm scones, it’s equally at home in baking or stirred through comforting desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple that brings a little zing to everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with real British chuckleberries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTart, bright and full of flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch and handmade in London\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for breakfasts, baking and desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds a sharp-sweet lift to simple dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread on toast, especially with peanut butter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon into yoghurt and granola\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwirl through porridge or rice pudding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a filling for Victoria sponge or cakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to pastries or desserts for a fruity finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChuckleberries (52%), sugar, lemon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e300g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/peak-the-pantry-range\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e range for more jams, chutney and recipe kits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTart, fruity and slightly sharp, with a bright berry flavour that balances sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are chuckleberries?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hybrid berry similar to a cross between a gooseberry and a currant, known for its tangy flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToast, yoghurt, porridge, scones, cakes and rice pudding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to refrigerate after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - store in the fridge and use within 1 month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry champions small-batch producers, thoughtful sourcing and ingredients that make everyday cooking better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis jam is made in London using British fruit, celebrating simple, flavour-led pantry staples done properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53290988863830,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/506196E0-1497-4D73-933E-3BE7815E9E02.jpg?v=1787038658"},{"product_id":"scotch-bonnet-chilli-jam","title":"Scotch Bonnet Chilli Jam | Peak and The Pantry","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, sweet-heat flavour without the effort, Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Scotch Bonnet Chilli Jam is an easy way to add instant punch to everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpicy, sticky and full of character, this small-batch chilli jam is made with fresh Scotch Bonnet chillies, red peppers and cider vinegar. It delivers that perfect balance of sweetness and heat -enough warmth to lift a dish, without overpowering it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo prep needed - just spoon, spread or glaze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for cheese boards, grilled seafood or BBQ favourites, it’s a simple addition that brings everything to life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple when food needs a bit of attitude.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet and spicy chilli jam with real Scotch Bonnet heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSticky, glossy texture perfect for glazing and dipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch and handmade with simple ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with cheese, seafood, meats and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds instant depth and flavour to everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with cheese or charcuterie boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over grilled prawns or salmon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a glaze for BBQ meats or roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to burgers, toasties or wraps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into sauces or dressings for a chilli kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed peppers, sugar, cider vinegar, Scotch Bonnet chillies (2%), lemon juice\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e300g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/peak-the-pantry-range\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e range for more jams, chutney and recipe kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium heat - a balanced sweet warmth rather than intense spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheese, grilled meats, seafood, vegetables and sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it works brilliantly as a glaze, marinade or finishing sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to refrigerate after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes -store in the fridge and use within 1 month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53291229774166,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/40833525-FDE1-4327-B28F-603FF375910E.jpg?v=1786977986"},{"product_id":"pineapple-chilli-relish","title":"Pineapple \u0026 Chilli Relish | Peak and The Pantry","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bright, punchy flavour without the effort, Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Pineapple \u0026amp; Chilli Relish is an easy way to add instant zing to everyday meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVibrant, fruity and gently fiery, this small-batch relish is made with ripe pineapple, fresh ginger, lemongrass and chile de árbol. It’s sharp, sweet and lightly spiced - the kind of flavour that cuts through rich dishes and brings everything into balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo prep needed - just spoon and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect with cheese, gammon, tacos or grilled meats, it’s a simple addition that makes everything taste more exciting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple that disappears quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright, fruity relish with a gentle chilli heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with real pineapple, ginger and lemongrass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch and full of natural flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect balance of sweet, sharp and spicy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with cheese, meats, tacos and sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with cheese boards or charcuterie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over gammon or grilled meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to tacos or pulled pork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread in sandwiches or toasties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir into rice or grain bowls for extra flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePineapple (48%), white wine vinegar, light brown sugar, onions, fresh ginger, lime juice, lemongrass, chile de árbol (1.5%), spices\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e300g jar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/peak-the-pantry-range\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry \u003c\/a\u003erange \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild to medium - a gentle warmth balanced by the sweetness of pineapple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it pair well with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheese, gammon, grilled meats, tacos, sandwiches and rice dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cook with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it works well stirred through asian style rice dishes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to refrigerate after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - store in the fridge and use within 1 month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry champions small-batch producers, thoughtful sourcing and ingredients that make everyday cooking better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis relish is made in small batches using bold, natural ingredients - designed to bring bright, balanced flavour to simple meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53291296424278,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/E33FE4B0-3A0B-4A00-80C0-E919AD3C2ABF.jpg?v=1787038588"},{"product_id":"chilli-night-recipe-kit","title":"Chilli Night Recipe Kit | Peak and The Pantry","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Chilli Night Recipe Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake it a proper Chilli Night with this small-batch seasoning kit from Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry. Built around real Mexican chillies - ancho, guajillo, pasilla and chipotle - the spice blend is toasted in small batches so the flavour builds in layers: smoky, sweet and gently warming, never harsh or blow-your-head-off hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is chilli designed for slow simmering and batch cooking. Ancho brings richness, guajillo adds warmth and depth, chipotle delivers smokiness, and cumin, coriander and Mexican oregano round everything out. There’s no guesswork and no measuring - just proper ingredients doing the heavy lifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo lift the finished bowl, the kit also includes a pink onion pickling mix made with guajillo chilli, sea salt and oregano. Sharp, fresh and quick to make, it cuts through the richness and turns a good chilli into a great one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for easy midweek cooking, feeding a crowd, or filling the freezer with something you’ll actually look forward to eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch chilli blend using ancho, guajillo, pasilla + chipotle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayered warmth - smoky, sweet and savoury\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional chile de árbol included if you want more heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePink onion pickling mix for a fresh, zingy finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for batch cooking, freezing and relaxed hosting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Inside\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToasted chilli seasoning with ancho, guajillo, pasilla + chipotle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePickling salt with guajillo chilli for quick pink onions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-follow recipe card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Serves 4 \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Ways to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic beef chilli con carne\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetarian chilli with black beans, lentils or squash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon over nachos, fries or baked potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreeze leftovers for fast, low-effort meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChilli Seasoning:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChipotle flakes, ancho flakes, pasilla flakes, sea salt, smoked paprika, Mexican oregano, cumin, coriander\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(Chile de árbol included separately for extra heat)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePink Onion Seasoning:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuajillo flakes, sea salt, Mexican oregano\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/peak-the-pantry-range\"\u003ePeak and The Pantry\u003c\/a\u003e range \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s gently warming rather than hot. Add the chile de árbol if you want extra heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to add anything else?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - your choice of protein, tomatoes and stock. Fresh toppings take it further. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I make it vegetarian or vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Works brilliantly with beans, lentils, squash, mushrooms or jackfruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it good for meal prep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it freezes beautifully and reheats well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53291361010006,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/28B770B2-5A79-4DCF-921F-2C9A75D80DE4.jpg?v=1787038460"},{"product_id":"hot-chocolate-recipe-kit","title":"Hot Chocolate Recipe Kit | Peak \u0026 The Pantry","description":"\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\" data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\"\u003eFor busy cooks who wants a quick easy hot chocolate with real flavour then you need Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Hot Chocolate Recipe Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\" data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\"\u003eal flavour then you need Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Hot Chocolate Recipe Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMake it a proper Hot Chocolate Night with this small-batch recipe kit from Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry.\u003cbr\u003eMade with 70% single-estate Colombian chocolate and a creamy malted blend, it’s rich, velvety and comforting - the kind of hot chocolate that feels like a hug in a mug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMake it a proper Hot Chocolate Night with this rich, velvety kit made from 70% single-estate Colombian chocolate and a creamy malted blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eThis is the kind of hot chocolate that feels like a hug in a mug. I’ve sourced the chocolate from a family-run producer in Colombia, where the cacao is grown with care and farmers are paid fairly. The malted milk blend brings a nostalgic, toasty depth – like the hot chocolate you grew up with, only better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eIt’s made for slow evenings, late-night chats, or that moment when only chocolate will do. And the best bit? You can tweak it however you like – thick and spoonable, light and milky, or even turned into a cheat’s chocolate custard to pour over pudding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Made with 70% single-estate Colombian chocolate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Malted cocoa blend for nostalgic depth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Small-batch and easy to make\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Perfect for cosy nights, gifting or dessert sauces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Includes simple instructions – no faff\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Standard UK delivery £3.50 or FREE over £60\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuy Women Built\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry is proud to be part of the Buy Women Built community — championing female founders, small-batch makers and independent British food businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Inside\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• 70% single-estate Colombian chocolate buttons\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Malted cocoa blend for creamy richness\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Simple instructions - just warm, stir and enjoy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Ways to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Classic hot chocolate – velvety and rich\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Spanish-style drinking chocolate – thick and indulgent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Dipping chocolate – for churros or doughnuts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Chocolate custard – heat and stir until perfectly thick\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChocolate Buttons:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cocoa mass, sugar, cocoa butter, emulsifier (\u003cstrong\u003esoy lecithin\u003c\/strong\u003e), vanilla extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eOrigin: Huila, Colombia. Cocoa solids: minimum 70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMalted Chocolate Mix: \u003c\/strong\u003eCocoa powder, sugar, malted powder (\u003cstrong\u003ebarley\u003c\/strong\u003e), cornflour, cinnamon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e100g total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eContains: soy, barley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMade in a kitchen handling gluten, crustaceans, eggs, fish, lupin, peanuts, soybeans, milk, nuts, celery, molluscs, mustard, sesame, sulphites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery \u0026amp; Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eWe use Royal Mail 48 hour tracked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Standard UK delivery: £3.50 for parcels under 2kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Flat rate: £6.50 for larger orders (up to 15kg)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Free UK delivery over £60\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e• Free local delivery over £30 within 2 miles of SW6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eNeed it faster? Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:kelly@peakandthepantry.co.uk\"\u003ekelly@peakandthepantry.co.uk\u003c\/a\u003e and we’ll always try to help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain dairy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eThe chocolate buttons themselves are dairy-free, but the malted blend contains barley malt. You can still make it dairy-free using plant-based milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the best milk to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eWhole milk gives the creamiest result, but oat, almond or coconut milk work beautifully too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for anything other than hot chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eYes - it makes a brilliant chocolate sauce or custard. Just keep stirring and let it thicken. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow sweet is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eRich and dark with a subtle malty sweetness. Not too sugary. Add extra sugar if you like it sweeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/peak-the-pantry-range\"\u003eExplore the range of Peak and The Pantry Range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53291568628054,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/D29CE278-3AC7-4E16-ACCF-93FABF4B13F3.jpg?v=1787038359"},{"product_id":"kebab-night-shawarma-recipe-kit","title":"Kebab Night Shawarma Recipe Kit | Peak \u0026 The Pantry","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour then you need is Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry Kebab Night Shawarma Recipe Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake your own Kebab Night at home with this small-batch shawarma spice kit from Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry. The shawarma seasoning is made with 14 spices, toasted and ground in small batches, giving you deep, savoury flavour without any added salt - so you control the seasoning when you marinate. That means more spice, more aroma, and all the good stuff where it counts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to work just as well with chicken as with cauliflower, paneer or mushrooms, the blend is balanced, gently smoky and warming rather than hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause a good kebab needs freshness, the kit also includes a fennel \u0026amp; sumac salt for a quick, zesty onion and cucumber salad. Marinate, roast or grill, then load up your flatbreads. It’s everything you need for a Friday fakeaway, an easy midweek dinner, or a flavour-packed meal with friends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch shawarma spice blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes fennel \u0026amp; sumac salt for bright, fresh salad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with chicken, paneer, veg, mushrooms or cauliflower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy recipe - no faff or guesswork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for fakeaways, BBQs and hosting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuy Women Built\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeak \u0026amp; The Pantry is proud to be part of the Buy Women Built community - championing female founders, small-batch makers and independent British food businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s Inside\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToasted shawarma spice blend - sweet, smoky and balanced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFennel \u0026amp; sumac salt - for a fresh, zingy salad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-follow recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes 4 portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore Ways to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoast or grill marinated chicken, mushrooms or cauliflower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStuff into wraps, grain bowls or pitas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd yoghurt, pickles and hot sauce for a mezze-style spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for BBQs, midweek meals or relaxed hosting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKebab Seasoning: \u003c\/strong\u003ePaprika, cumin, turmeric, black peppercorns, coriander, sumac, white pepper, cardamom, ginger, cinnamon, allspice, cloves, fennel, nutmeg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSalad Seasoning: \u003c\/strong\u003eSumac, fennel, salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergy Advice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in a kitchen that handles: gluten, crustaceans, eggs, fish, lupin, peanuts, soybeans, milk, nuts, celery, molluscs, mustard, sesame, sulphites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/collections\/peak-the-pantry-range\"\u003eExplore Peak and The Pantry Range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s warming rather than hot, led by paprika, cumin and cinnamon. Add spicy harissa or chilli oil if you want more heat. Perfect for busy cooks who want quick, easy meals with real flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to add anything else?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - your protein of choice and any extras you like. Flatbreads, tahini-lime dressing and pickled chillies all work well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I make this vegetarian or vegan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. It’s brilliant with mushrooms, cauliflower, tofu, paneer or jackfruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this good for meal prep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Marinate ahead for deeper flavour or cook a batch to use through the week. Make the salad fresh on the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53291686134102,"sku":null,"price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/BB395B51-9E7F-448F-9A80-D681451A2E29.jpg?v=1787038262"},{"product_id":"dark-handsome-dark-chocolate-peanut-butter","title":"Dark \u0026 Handsome Dark Chocolate Peanut Butter with Cacao Nibs","description":"\u003cp\u003eDark \u0026amp; Handsome is a rich dark chocolate peanut butter made with organic cocoa, cacao nibs and hi-oleic peanuts from Nutty Belly Gal. Deep and intense without being overly sweet, this is a grown-up spread with real chocolate flavour and a subtle crunch from cacao nibs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s perfect for dark chocolate lovers who want a peanut butter that’s bold, less sugary, and full of character. Spoon straight from the jar, spread on toast or swirl into your favourite breakfasts and snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep dark chocolate flavour without heavy sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCacao nibs add a gentle crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with quality, simple ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-batch, flavour-first product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA bold pantry staple for everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread on toast, pancakes or crackers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwirl into porridge, yoghurt or smoothie bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in baking - brownies, cookies and treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy straight from the jar as a snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTexture: Slight crunch from cacao nibs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoast: Medium - pairs beautifully with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/first-dates-salted-date-peanut-butter\"\u003eFirst Dates Salted Date Peanut Butter \u003c\/a\u003eor make the ultimate peanut butter and jelly on toast with Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/british-chuckleberry-jam\"\u003eChuckleberry Jam\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHi-oleic peanuts, organic cocoa, cacao nibs, sugar, salt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e275g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Contains peanuts. May contain other nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Stir before use if natural oil separation occurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it very sweet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - it focuses on rich dark chocolate flavour rather than sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the texture smooth or crunchy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMostly smooth with a light crunch from cacao nibs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it’s great in brownies, cookies and chocolate desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nutty Gal","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292138365270,"sku":null,"price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/NuttyBellyGal-cacoa-peanut-butter-handsom.webp?v=1777215630"},{"product_id":"first-dates-salted-date-peanut-butter","title":"First Dates Salted Date Peanut Butter","description":"\u003cp\u003eFirst Dates is a naturally sweetened peanut butter by female-founded London brand Nutty Belly Gal. Made with hi-oleic peanuts, sayer dates, vanilla and a hint of sea salt, it’s smooth, warm and gently sweet with salted caramel notes - indulgent without refined sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a flavour-led, small-batch spread that delivers sweetness from dates rather than processed sugar. Balanced and spoonable, it works across breakfast, snacks and baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clever, grown-up pantry staple for quick and easy breakfasts and better snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy We Like It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally sweetened with dates - no refined sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm, salted caramel flavour profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, spoonable texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFemale-founded London producer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall batch and palm-oil free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWays to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlather on toast or crumpets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrizzle over porridge or granola\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlend into smoothies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in baking and energy bites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEat straight from the spoon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaste profile: Warm, sweet, salted caramel notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTry with Nutty Belly Gal \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/dark-handsome-dark-chocolate-peanut-butter\"\u003eDark Chocolate Peanut Butter with Cacao Nibs\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTexture: Smooth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoast: Medium\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeanuts (80%), sayer dates, extra virgin coconut oil, sea salt, vanilla extract\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergens\u003c\/strong\u003e: Contains peanuts. May contain other nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDietary: Vegan, palm-oil free\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. Stir if natural oil separation occurs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 275g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this sweetened with sugar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - the sweetness comes from dates, not refined sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it smooth or crunchy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth texture with no nut pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it taste like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarm and gently sweet with salted caramel-style notes with a hint of salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in recipes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - it works well in smoothies, baking and no-bake snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nutty Gal","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292262359382,"sku":null,"price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/NuttyBellyGal-First-dates.webp?v=1777217241"},{"product_id":"green-thai-curry-ready-to-cook-sauce","title":"Green Thai Curry  Ready-to-Cook Sauce Wild Rice","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bright, fragrant flavour without the prep, this Green Thai Curry is an easy shortcut to a quick, flavour-packed dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFresh, zesty and gently spiced, this ready-to-cook Thai green curry blends bird’s eye chilli, creamy coconut milk, lemongrass and makrut lime for a sauce that feels vibrant and balanced. Made in Thailand using 100% natural ingredients, with no preservatives or additives. Wild Rice focuses on simple, honest cooking, using real herbs and spices sourced from small-scale Thai producers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply heat in a pan and add vegetables, tofu, chicken, meat or fish - no chopping, no prep, no fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for easy midweek cooking, it delivers a proper curry in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Thai green curry recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFragrant, zesty coconut and herb base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with 100% natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo chopping, blending or prep required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady in minutes, one pan only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Thailand using traditional ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat the curry sauce in a pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd vegetables, tofu, chicken, meat or fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimmer until cooked through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with rice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoconut milk, fresh green chilli, garlic, lemongrass, shallot, salt, galangal, kaffir lime, cumin powder, coriander powder, water, refined soybean oil, coconut flower syrup, coconut seasoning sauce, basil leaf, kaffir lime leaf\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(100% natural ingredients, no additives)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize - 250g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServes 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/pad-thai-ready-to-cook-sauce\"\u003eWild Rice Pad Ready To Cook Thai Sauce\u003c\/a\u003e for a quick and easy noodle dinner \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Thai green curry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fragrant Thai curry made with green chilli, coconut milk, herbs and spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you use this curry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat the sauce in a pan and add vegetables, tofu, meat or fish - ready in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGently spiced, with fresh heat from green chilli balanced by coconut milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve it with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest served with rice and your choice of veg, tofu, chicken, meat or fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Thailand using authentic, natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Wild Rice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWild Rice focuses on simple, honest Thai cooking using fresh herbs, real spices and ingredients sourced from small-scale producers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir sauces are made in Thailand with no preservatives or additives - just proper, ingredient-led flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wild Rice","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292440682838,"sku":null,"price":6.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/7_medium_6fc17542-a19a-43aa-9490-6bf0a81d58d0.png?v=1777982589"},{"product_id":"pad-thai-ready-to-cook-sauce","title":"Pad Thai Ready to Cook Sauce Wild Rice","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, street-food flavour without the prep, this Pad Thai sauce is an easy shortcut to a quick, flavour-packed meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTangy, sweet and gently spiced, this ready-to-cook Pad Thai blends tamarind, coconut sugar, chilli, garlic and shallots for a sauce that feels balanced and vibrant. Made in Thailand using 100% natural ingredients, with no preservatives or additives. Wild Rice focuses on simple, honest cooking using real ingredients sourced from small-scale farmers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply heat in a pan and toss through noodles, vegetables or your choice of protein - no chopping, no prep, no fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for quick midweek cooking, it delivers a proper Pad Thai in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Pad Thai sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTangy, sweet and gently spiced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with 100% natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo chopping, blending or prep required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady in minutes, one pan only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Thailand using traditional ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat the sauce in a pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd cooked noodles, vegetables, tofu, chicken or prawns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToss until everything is coated and heated through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with lime and herbs if you like\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoconut sugar, tamarind paste, cane sugar, shallot, water, salt, garlic, distilled vinegar, refined soybean oil, chilli powder, paprika powder, vegetable powder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(100% natural ingredients, no additives)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e250g\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServes 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/green-thai-curry-ready-to-cook-sauce\"\u003eWild Rice Thai Green Curry Sauce \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Pad Thai?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA classic Thai street food dish made with noodles, a sweet and tangy sauce, and your choice of protein or vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you use this sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply heat and toss through noodles, vegetables and your choice of protein - ready in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it spicy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGently spiced, with mild heat balanced by sweetness and tang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve it with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest with rice noodles, vegetables, tofu, chicken or prawns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Thailand using authentic, natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Wild Rice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWild Rice focuses on simple, honest Thai cooking using fresh herbs, real spices and ingredients sourced from small-scale producers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir sauces are made in Thailand with no preservatives or additives - just proper, ingredient-led flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wild Rice","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292451037526,"sku":null,"price":6.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/7_3f28fedb-ae06-403b-b633-bee83ad2a408.png?v=1777981502"},{"product_id":"lamiri-shakshouka-ready-to-use-sauce","title":"Lamiri Shakshouka Ready-to-Use Sauce","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor busy cooks who want bold, slow-cooked flavour without the prep, Lamiri Shakshouka is an easy shortcut to one of Tunisia’s most iconic dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRich, gently spiced and deeply comforting, this ready-to-use shakshouka base brings the flavour of generations of Tunisian home cooking straight to your kitchen. Inspired by grandma’s grandma’s recipe, it’s made in Tunisia using 100% natural ingredients including extra-virgin olive oil and Lamiri harissa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply heat in a pan and add eggs, fish or vegetables - no chopping, no prep, no mess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for brunch, dinner or anything in between, it delivers a proper, home-cooked meal in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA store-cupboard staple you’ll reach for again and again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuthentic Tunisian shakshouka recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich, slow-cooked tomato and pepper base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with 100% natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo chopping, blending or prep required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady in 5 minutes, one pan only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Tunisia using Lamiri harissa \u0026amp; extra-virgin olive oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat the shakshouka base in a pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrack in eggs and cook to your liking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOr add white fish for a quick, flavour-packed dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServe with bread to scoop up every last bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTomato, pepper, onion, extra-virgin olive oil, Lamiri harissa, garlic, spices\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e(100% natural ingredients, no additives)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400g tin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServes 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor quick and easy brunch dishes try \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/cool-chile-tomatillo-salsa\"\u003eCool Chile Tomatillo Salsa\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/cool-chile-ranchero-sauce\"\u003eCool Chile Ranchero Sauce \u003c\/a\u003efor simple Mexican brunch dishes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is shakshouka?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA traditional North African dish of slow-cooked tomatoes, peppers and spices, typically served with eggs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you use Lamiri Shakshouka?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply heat the base in a pan and add eggs, fish or vegetables - ready in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow spicy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBalanced and gently spiced, with warmth from harissa rather than heavy heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I serve it with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest with eggs for brunch, or with white fish for a quick, flavourful dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Tunisia using authentic, natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout Lamiri\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLamiri is built on recipes passed down through generations - the kind that were never written down, just shared around the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shakshouka is one of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrandma’s grandma’s recipe, now in a tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lamiri","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53292542198102,"sku":null,"price":5.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/LamiriShakshuka.avif?v=1777220170"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-lunch-box","title":"Stainless Steel Lunch Box (600ml) Microwave-Safe \u0026 Leakproof | Black+Blum","description":"\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eA 600ml microwave-safe stainless steel lunch box that’s lightweight, durable, and 100% leakproof thanks to its airtight vacuum-sealed lid. Designed for busy, eco-conscious food lovers, this high-performance container is perfect for meal prep, food storage, or eating on-the-go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eUnlike other metal boxes, this one can safely go in the microwave. The smart lid design prevents splattering, reduces heating time, and eliminates the need for cling film. It’s also stackable, oven-safe (base only), and dishwasher-friendly (lid top rack only).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eFrom breakfast to dinner, this sleek, steel container is built to handle it all - without plastic waste or mess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy you'll love it:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrowave-safe stainless steel food box with leakproof lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for on-the-go meals, food prep, storage, and leftovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight vacuum-sealed lid keeps food fresher for longer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe, oven-safe (exc. lid), and freezer-safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBPA-free, plastic-free, and stackable for easy storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Highlights:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600ml capacity – the perfect portion for breakfast, lunch, or meal prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrowave-safe (yes, really!) – steel and lid designed to heat safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeakproof – vacuum lid locks in freshness and prevents spills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable \u0026amp; space-saving – ideal for fridge or packed lunches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean – removable seals and dishwasher-safe base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOven and freezer-safe (base only) – prep and store with confidence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eThis is your go-to container for stylish, mess-free eating - at home, in the office, or on the move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eExplore the range \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/insulated-stainless-steel-food-flask-leakproof-lunch-container\"\u003eInsulated Stainless Steel Food Flask – Leakproof Lunch Container\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stainless-steel-leak-proof-water-bottle\"\u003eStainless Steel Leak Proof Water Bottle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it work in the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eYes, these boxes are microwave-safe! The high-grade stainless steel and rounded edges prevent sparking. The vented lid lets steam escape, reducing heating time while keeping your microwave clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there anything I should know before microwaving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eYes. Do not use in old 915 MHz microwaves. Only microwave one box at a time, for up to 2 minutes before stirring and repeating if needed. Always pop open the lid lock to release steam. Avoid heating sugar, popcorn, or very oily\/acidic foods as they may cause staining or burn marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I also microwave the lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eYes. The vented lid is designed to stay on while microwaving to prevent splatter. Just make sure to pop open the lid lock before heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put it in the dishwasher, freezer, and oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eYes. The steel base is oven-, freezer-, and dishwasher-safe. The lid should go on the top rack of the dishwasher only. Do not oven the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these boxes leakproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eYes - 100%. The vacuum-sealed lid keeps food secure and air-tight, making it ideal for transporting meals or reducing food waste through better storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I open the lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003ePush the button on the lid to break the vacuum seal. Then lift slowly from the corners. This releases the pressure and allows the lid to come off easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I care for my lunch box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAvoid sharp utensils inside the box. Don’t use bleach, abrasive cleaners or scourers. All seals and the grey silicone valve are removable for deep cleaning. Always wash all parts in warm soapy water before first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there any foods to avoid microwaving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eYes. Avoid microwaving popcorn, sugar, or anything that reaches extreme heat. Very oily or acidic foods like tomato soup may stain the lid- stir frequently and microwave in 2-minute bursts to reduce staining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Black + Blum","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53301671067990,"sku":null,"price":14.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/black-blum-multi-function-boxes-leak-proof-feature.jpg?v=1777977166"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-lunch-box-1l","title":"Stainless Steel Lunch Box (1L) – Leakproof Vacuum-Seal Meal Prep Container","description":"\u003cp data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eFor anyone who wants a reliable, plastic-free lunch solution that actually holds up, this is the stainless steel lunch box from Black+Blum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eA 1-litre, vacuum-sealed lunch box designed to keep meals fresh and fully leakproof - built for everything from work lunches to meal prep and days out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMade from high-quality stainless steel, this is a durable, reusable alternative to plastic containers. Oven-safe, freezer-safe and designed for everyday use, it comes with a divider and fork to make packing and eating simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-rte-list=\"default\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e100% leakproof vacuum-sealed closure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eDurable stainless steel – no stains or odours\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003ePlastic-free, reusable and built to last\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eOven-safe base and freezer-friendly design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eIncludes divider and fork for easy meals\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eIdeal for work lunches, meal prep or travel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-rte-list=\"default\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eEveryday Lunches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003ePack salads, pasta or leftovers with confidence - the vacuum seal keeps everything contained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMeal Prep\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003ePortion meals using the divider and store in the fridge or freezer ready for the week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eOn the Go\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003ePerfect for work, travel or picnics - no spills, no plastic, no fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eCapacity: 1 litre\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel with silicone seal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eIncludes: Adjustable divider, stainless steel fork, silicone strap\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eColour: Black + olive band\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare \u0026amp; Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eOven-safe base and divider (lid not oven-safe)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eFreezer-safe\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eDishwasher-safe base and divider\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eHand wash lid and strap\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eNot microwave-safe\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eExplore the range \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stainless-steel-leak-proof-water-bottle?\"\u003eStainless Steel Leak Proof Water Bottle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/insulated-stainless-steel-food-flask-leakproof-lunch-container\"\u003eInsulated Stainless Steel Food Flask – Leakproof Lunch Container\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaq's\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it leakproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eYes - the vacuum-sealed lid creates a secure, leakproof closure when used correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in the oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eThe base and divider are oven-safe. Remove the lid before heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it freezer-safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eYes - just leave room for expansion if freezing liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eNo - stainless steel is not microwave-safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eA simple, long-lasting upgrade to how you pack and eat your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Black + Blum","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53301703442774,"sku":null,"price":33.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/black-blum-winter-2025-steel-lunch-box-table-in-hand-vertical-2-olive.jpg?v=1777976845"},{"product_id":"insulated-stainless-steel-food-flask-leakproof-lunch-container","title":"Insulated Stainless Steel Food Flask | Leakproof Lunch Container","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor anyone who wants to eat properly on the go, this insulated food flask from \u003cspan\u003eBlack+Blum\u003c\/span\u003e is built for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA leakproof stainless steel flask designed to keep meals hot or cold for hours - ideal for soups, pasta, porridge, salads or anything you’d rather not eat out of a plastic container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with a fully stainless steel interior and a secure twist-top lid, it locks in temperature and flavour without spills. Finished with a wood fibre spoon and elastic strap, it’s designed to be used wherever you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps food hot for up to 6 hours or cold for up to 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% leakproof – secure lid with silicone seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel interior – no plastic contact with food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes spoon made from sustainable wood fibre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable, reusable and built for daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for work, travel, school or outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHot Meals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePre-warm with hot water, then fill with soups, stews or pasta to keep food hot for hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCold Meals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePre-chill and use for salads, yogurt, fruit or overnight oats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn the Go\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePerfect for commuting, travel, picnics or long days out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Stainless steel with silicone seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation: Hot up to 6 hours \/ Cold up to 8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Wood fibre spoon with elastic strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Leakproof twist-top lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackaging: Recyclable, gift-ready box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCare\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse mild detergent and soft sponge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore with lid off to fully dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpoon is dishwasher-safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it leakproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - the secure lid and silicone seal prevent leaks, even with liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes food touch plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - the underside of the lid is stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for hot and cold food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - designed for both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I get the best performance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePre-warm or pre-chill with water for 5 minutes before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash with warm soapy water. For deeper cleaning, soak with bicarbonate of soda or vinegar solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for gifting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - comes in recyclable, gift-ready packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA reliable way to take real food with you, wherever the day takes you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore the range \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stainless-steel-lunch-box\"\u003eStainless Steel Lunch Box (600ml) Microwave-Safe \u0026amp; Leakproof | Black+Blum\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stainless-steel-lunch-box-1\"\u003eStainless Steel Lunch Box (1L) – Leakproof Vacuum-Seal Meal Prep Container\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stainless-steel-leak-proof-water-bottle\"\u003eStainless Steel Leak Proof Water Bottle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Black + Blum","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53301765472598,"sku":null,"price":33.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/black-blum-food-flask-open-porridge-outside-olive.jpg?v=1777976488"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-leak-proof-water-bottle","title":"Stainless Steel Leak Proof Water Bottle","description":"\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\" data-pm-slice=\"1 1 []\"\u003eSimple design at its best - this 600ml lightweight stainless steel water bottle is compact, stylish, and made to last. Designed for everyday hydration, it’s 100% leakproof with a durable, BPA-free wood fibre\/PP lid and full stainless steel liquid contact inside - meaning no plastic touches your drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003ePerfect for taking on walks, commuting, or staying hydrated at your desk, this sleek bottle also fits into most bike bottle cages and car cup holders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eWhether you're at your desk, out and about, or keeping it minimal at the gym - this is hydration with purpose and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy you'll love it:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eLeakproof stainless steel water bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e600ml compact bottle fits in bags, holders, and cup trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eReusable and BPA-free with no plastic touching liquid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eStainless steel carry loop for easy transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eSimple, premium bottle for everyday use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Highlights:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e100% leakproof – no drips, even when tipped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e600ml size – compact and lightweight for daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eFull steel liquid contact – no plastic interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eDurable wood fibre\/PP lid – strong, simple, and sustainable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eStainless steel carry loop – easy to hold and go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eDishwasher safe body – for fuss-free cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eThis is your go-everywhere bottle - beautifully made and effortlessly reliable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eExplore the range \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stainless-steel-lunch-box\"\u003eStainless Steel Lunch Box (600ml) Microwave-Safe \u0026amp; Leakproof | Black+Blum\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/stainless-steel-lunch-box-1\"\u003eStainless Steel Lunch Box (1L) – Leakproof Vacuum-Seal Meal Prep Container\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/insulated-stainless-steel-food-flask-leakproof-lunch-container\"\u003eInsulated Stainless Steel Food Flask – Leakproof Lunch Container\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eFAQ’s\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eYes - the bottle is dishwasher safe. The lid is not, and should be washed by hand to preserve the materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean my water bottle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eBefore first use, and regularly thereafter, wash the bottle with hot water and washing-up liquid. Remove the lid seal and clean it separately. Always allow all parts to dry fully and store with the lid removed to avoid moisture build-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bottle BPA-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eYes, it is completely BPA-free and safe for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bottle insulated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eNo - his bottle is not insulated and will not keep drinks hot or cold for long. It can hold hot drinks, but the body will become hot to the touch, so use caution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it freezer safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eNo, we do not recommend freezing this bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it microwave safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\" data-rte-preserve-empty=\"true\"\u003eNo - this stainless steel bottle should not be used in the microwave.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Black + Blum","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53302597386582,"sku":null,"price":14.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/water-bottle-stainless-steel.webp?v=1777283636"},{"product_id":"linen-cross-back-apron-natural","title":"Linen Cross Back Apron (Natural)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor cooks, makers and hosts who want something practical that still feels considered, this linen cross back apron is designed for comfort and everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA stonewashed organic linen apron with a relaxed, cross-back fit - breathable, durable and made to be worn often, whether you’re cooking, gardening or working with your hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe no-tie design allows for easy movement without pulling at the neck, while deep front pockets keep tools and essentials close. Made from 100% organic linen, it softens over time and is built to last.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross-back design – no ties, no neck strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% organic linen – breathable and durable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoftens with wear for everyday comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo deep front pockets for tools or essentials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade under fair trade conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for cooking, gardening or creative work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn the Kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear while cooking or baking - pockets keep cloths and tools within reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor \u0026amp; Garden\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for planting, harvesting or everyday jobs outside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreative Work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for pottery, crafting or studio time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: 100% stonewashed organic linen (250 GSM)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertification: Oeko-Tex Standard 100\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesign: Cross-back with fixed straps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePockets: Two deep front pockets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColour: Natural\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: Length 69 cm | Width 95 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCare\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan be hand washed if preferred\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoftens naturally over time\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore the range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/linen-cross-back-apron-green\"\u003eLinen Cross Back Apron (Green)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/linen-tote-bag-with-pockets-natural\"\u003eLinen Tote Bag with Pockets (Natural)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% organic stonewashed linen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo - the cross-back design allows for a flexible fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it eco-friendly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - organic linen, fair trade production and certified materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come in other colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version is natural, green is available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn everyday essential designed to be worn often and kept for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Linen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53302774104406,"sku":null,"price":39.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/Linen-apron-crossover-natural-pockets.webp?v=1777285385"},{"product_id":"linen-tote-bag-with-pockets-natural","title":"Linen Tote Bag with Pockets (Natural)","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor everyday carry that feels as considered as it is practical, this linen tote bag with pockets is designed to go everywhere with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lightweight, durable tote made from 100% linen with a soft washed finish - featuring a roomy interior and practical internal pockets to keep everything organised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned with wide, comfortable straps for easy carrying, it works just as well for shopping and commuting as it does for weekends away. The natural linen fabric is breathable, strong and softens over time, making it a reliable everyday essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You’ll Love It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% linen – breathable, durable and naturally strong\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior pockets – keeps essentials organised and easy to reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide straps for comfortable, everyday carrying\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious and lightweight for daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable alternative to plastic or synthetic bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for work, shopping and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday Carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse for work, errands or daily essentials - fits everything you need without feeling bulky.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopping \u0026amp; Markets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong and breathable for groceries or market runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTravel \u0026amp; Weekends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal as an overnight bag, beach tote or extra carry-on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: 100% linen with soft washed finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraps: Long, wide handles for comfort\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage: Spacious interior with internal pockets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures: Lightweight, foldable and reusable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColour: Natural\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCare\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine washable at 30°C\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse mild detergent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir dry naturally\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore the range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/linen-cross-back-apron-natural\"\u003eLinen Cross Back Apron (Natural)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/peak-the-pantry-2.myshopify.com\/products\/linen-cross-back-apron-green\"\u003eLinen Cross Back Apron (Green)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100% linen - lightweight, breathable and durable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have pockets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - internal pockets help keep smaller items organised and easy to find.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it big enough for daily use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - fits a laptop, books, water bottle and everyday essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for travel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - ideal for weekends away or as an extra bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it eco-friendly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - reusable, biodegradable and a natural alternative to plastic bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA simple, reliable bag designed for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisclaimer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"\"\u003eAt Peak \u0026amp; The Pantry, we provide product details to help you make informed choices and enjoy your shopping experience. While we strive to ensure accuracy, we always recommend checking the packaging and label before use, as ingredients and product information may change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Linen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53302901604694,"sku":null,"price":32.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/files\/tote-linen-bags-with-pockets.webp?v=1777286077"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1016\/6426\/0438\/collections\/black-blum-food-flask-open-porridge-outside-olive.jpg?v=1786963467","url":"https:\/\/peakandthepantry.co.uk\/collections\/outdoor-travel-essentials.oembed","provider":"Peak \u0026 The Pantry","version":"1.0","type":"link"}